1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{%
21 \usepackage[scaled=0.92]{helvet}
23 \usepackage{courier} }
25 % link all cross references and URLs in pdf output
26 \usepackage[colorlinks=true, bookmarks, bookmarksnumbered,
27 linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,
28 pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,
29 pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,
30 pdfauthor={LyX Team}, pdftex,
31 pdftitle={The LyX User's Guide},pdfsubject={LyX},
32 pdfkeywords={LyX}]{hyperref}
34 \else % if dvi or ps is produced
36 % link all cross references and URLs in dvi output
37 \usepackage[ps2pdf]{hyperref}
39 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
41 % the pages of the TOC are numbered roman
42 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
44 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
45 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
46 \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{}
49 \pagenumbering{arabic} }
51 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
52 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
53 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
56 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
57 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
59 % redefine the greyed out note
60 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
61 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
63 \options intoc,refpage,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm
72 \font_typewriter default
73 \font_default_family default
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Standard
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
127 lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
139 \begin_layout Standard
140 \begin_inset Note Note
143 \begin_layout Standard
144 To export this document as PDF, Postscript, or DVI, the LaTeX-package
151 \begin_layout Standard
152 This package should be part of all popular LaTeX-distributions.
160 \begin_layout Standard
161 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
162 LatexCommand tableofcontents
169 \begin_layout Chapter
173 \begin_layout Section
177 \begin_layout Standard
178 LyX is a document preparation system.
179 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
180 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
181 It is unlike most other
182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
189 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
191 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
203 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
208 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
212 \begin_layout Standard
213 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
226 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
230 \begin_layout Standard
232 \begin_inset Quotes eld
240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
243 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
244 the format of all of the manuals.
245 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
246 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
249 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 \begin_layout Section
267 \begin_layout Standard
268 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
270 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
271 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
273 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
292 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
295 \begin_layout Standard
296 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
297 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
298 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
300 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
301 only a vertical scrollbar.
302 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
303 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
304 This, however, is due
305 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
306 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
307 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
308 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
310 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
311 this doesn't work for equations yet.
314 \begin_layout Standard
315 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
316 at Appendix\InsetSpace ~
318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
320 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
325 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
326 ing sections of this documentation.
329 \begin_layout Section
333 \begin_layout Standard
334 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
339 of the manuals from inside LyX.
340 Just select the manual you want read from the
347 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
351 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
358 \begin_layout Standard
359 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
360 without resorting to configuration files.
361 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
362 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
363 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
369 \begin_layout Standard
378 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
379 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
380 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
381 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
383 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
390 \begin_layout Standard
391 Reconfiguration of LyX
396 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
399 \begin_layout Section
401 \begin_inset CommandInset label
403 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
410 \begin_layout Standard
411 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
412 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
420 \begin_layout Standard
432 that will be created when using the menu
434 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
439 \begin_layout Standard
450 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
451 \begin_inset Note Note
454 \begin_layout Standard
455 The two braces in the ERT box prevent that the term
456 \begin_inset Quotes eld
460 \begin_inset Quotes erd
463 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
464 More on ERT is described in section\InsetSpace ~
466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
472 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
474 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
476 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
489 \begin_layout Standard
490 Reconfiguration of LyX
498 \begin_layout Chapter
502 \begin_layout Section
503 Basic File Operations
507 \begin_layout Standard
516 \begin_layout Standard
521 menu are basic operations for any word processor in addition to some more
525 \begin_layout Itemize
531 \begin_layout Itemize
543 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_layout Itemize
561 \begin_layout Itemize
568 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
583 \begin_layout Itemize
589 \begin_layout Itemize
595 \begin_layout Itemize
601 \begin_layout Itemize
607 \begin_layout Standard
608 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
609 a few minor differences.
612 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
621 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
622 you for a template to use.
623 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
624 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
625 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
626 (see section\InsetSpace ~
628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
630 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
637 \begin_layout Standard
639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
659 \begin_inset Quotes erd
662 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
663 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
666 \begin_layout Standard
678 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
682 \begin_layout Standard
683 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
702 will reload the document from disk.
703 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
704 and want to restore it to the last save.
710 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
711 can identify this as your changes.
714 \begin_layout Section
715 Basic Editing Features
719 \begin_layout Standard
726 \begin_inset CommandInset label
728 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
735 \begin_layout Standard
736 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
737 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
738 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
739 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
741 We'll start with cut and paste.
744 \begin_layout Standard
745 As you might expect, the
749 menu has the cut and paste commands, along with various other editing features.
750 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
754 \begin_layout Itemize
760 \begin_layout Itemize
766 \begin_layout Itemize
772 \begin_layout Itemize
779 \begin_layout Itemize
786 \begin_layout Itemize
794 \begin_layout Standard
795 The first three are self-explanatory.
796 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
797 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
806 keys also functions as the
811 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
812 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
817 to get back the lost text.
820 \begin_layout Standard
824 \begin_layout Standard
830 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
836 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
839 \begin_layout Standard
842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
844 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
846 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
849 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
855 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
861 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
862 will start a new paragraph.
865 \begin_layout Standard
869 \begin_layout Standard
879 \begin_layout Standard
887 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
899 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
904 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
915 button to skip the current word.
921 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
927 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
929 If the toggle is set, searching for
930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
941 will not match the word
942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
956 Match whole words only
958 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
960 \begin_inset Quotes eld
968 \begin_inset Quotes erd
972 \begin_inset Quotes eld
980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
986 \begin_layout Standard
987 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
988 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
990 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
995 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1002 \begin_layout Section
1007 \begin_layout Standard
1017 \begin_layout Standard
1024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1026 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1033 \begin_layout Standard
1034 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1035 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1038 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1041 to undo some mistake.
1042 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1044 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1055 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100 steps to minimize memory
1060 \begin_layout Standard
1061 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1062 it was last saved, the
1063 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1070 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1071 This is a consequence of the 100 step undo limit, above.
1074 \begin_layout Standard
1083 work on almost everything in LyX.
1084 They have some quirks, too.
1093 text character by character, but by blocks of text.
1094 That can take some getting used to; you'll have to play with
1102 to get a feel for just how much they'll undo/redo, and after time, you'll
1103 surely appreciate how it works.
1106 \begin_layout Section
1111 \begin_layout Standard
1120 \begin_layout Standard
1121 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1124 \begin_layout Enumerate
1129 \begin_layout Itemize
1134 once anywhere in the edit window.
1135 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1139 \begin_layout Enumerate
1144 \begin_layout Itemize
1150 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1153 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1156 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1159 \begin_layout Itemize
1160 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1162 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1169 \begin_layout Enumerate
1170 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1179 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1180 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1181 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1185 \begin_layout Enumerate
1190 \begin_layout Standard
1195 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1200 \begin_layout Section
1202 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1204 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1212 \begin_layout Standard
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 We're not going to cover all of the keybindings.
1223 Be aware that there are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA
1225 LyX's default is CUA.
1228 \begin_layout Standard
1255 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1259 \begin_layout Labeling
1260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1264 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1265 LatexCommand nomenclature
1267 description "Tabulator key"
1273 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1274 If you don't understand this, go read sections\InsetSpace ~
1276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1278 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1285 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1289 , especially section\InsetSpace ~
1291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1293 reference "sub:Lists"
1299 If you're still confused, look in the
1306 \begin_layout Labeling
1307 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1311 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1312 LatexCommand nomenclature
1314 description "Escape key"
1321 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1325 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1328 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1329 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1332 \begin_layout Labeling
1333 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1344 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1345 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1349 \begin_layout Standard
1350 There are three modifier keys:
1353 \begin_layout Labeling
1354 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1360 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1372 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1373 LatexCommand nomenclature
1375 description "Control key"
1379 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1380 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1384 \begin_layout Itemize
1393 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1396 \begin_layout Itemize
1405 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1408 \begin_layout Itemize
1417 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1421 \begin_layout Labeling
1422 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1428 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1436 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1440 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1441 LatexCommand nomenclature
1443 description "Shift key"
1447 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1448 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1451 \begin_layout Labeling
1452 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1470 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1471 LatexCommand nomenclature
1473 description "Meta or Alt key"
1477 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1478 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1479 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1485 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1487 menu accelerator keys
1490 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1491 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1495 \begin_layout Standard
1496 For example, the sequence
1497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1512 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1529 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1548 \begin_layout Standard
1549 There are also other things bound to the
1553 key, but you'll have to check in the
1565 \begin_layout Standard
1566 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1567 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1568 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1569 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1570 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1571 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1572 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1588 followed by a capital
1594 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1612 \begin_layout Chapter
1617 \begin_layout Standard
1626 \begin_layout Section
1631 \begin_layout Standard
1640 \begin_layout Subsection
1644 \begin_layout Standard
1645 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
1646 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
1647 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
1648 numbering schemes, and so on.
1649 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
1650 and format the title of your document differently.
1653 \begin_layout Standard
1658 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
1659 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
1660 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
1661 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
1662 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
1665 \begin_layout Standard
1666 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
1667 how to adjust their properties.
1670 \begin_layout Subsection
1675 \begin_layout Standard
1682 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1684 name "sec:Document-Classes"
1691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1695 \begin_layout Standard
1696 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
1700 \begin_layout Description
1701 Article for basic articles
1704 \begin_layout Description
1705 Report for basic reports
1708 \begin_layout Description
1709 Book for writing a book
1712 \begin_layout Description
1713 Letter for US-style letters
1716 \begin_layout Standard
1717 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
1719 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
1720 can be found in chapter
1722 Special Document Classes
1731 \begin_layout Description
1732 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
1735 \begin_layout Description
1742 \begin_layout Standard
1751 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
1755 \begin_layout Description
1756 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
1757 Mathematical Society (AMS).
1758 There are three article layouts available.
1759 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
1760 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
1761 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
1762 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
1764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1767 sequential numbering
1768 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1771 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
1772 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
1773 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
1774 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
1777 \begin_layout Description
1778 Beamer Layout for presentations
1781 \begin_layout Description
1782 broadway Layout for writing plays.
1783 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1787 \begin_layout Description
1788 curiculum\InsetSpace ~
1789 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
1792 \begin_layout Description
1793 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1796 \begin_layout Description
1799 Die TeXnische Komödie
1801 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
1804 \begin_layout Description
1805 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
1808 \begin_layout Description
1809 Foils Used to make transparencies
1812 \begin_layout Description
1813 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
1816 \begin_layout Description
1817 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
1818 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
1822 \begin_layout Description
1823 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
1824 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
1827 \begin_layout Description
1828 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
1831 \begin_layout Description
1832 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
1835 \begin_layout Description
1836 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
1837 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
1840 \begin_layout Description
1841 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
1844 \begin_layout Description
1849 LaTeX document class
1852 \begin_layout Description
1853 Powerdot Layout for presentations
1856 \begin_layout Description
1861 \begin_layout Standard
1868 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
1869 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
1871 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
1874 \begin_layout Description
1875 Slides Used to make transparencies
1878 \begin_layout Description
1880 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
1881 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
1884 \begin_layout Description
1885 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
1888 \begin_layout Description
1893 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
1896 \begin_layout Standard
1897 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
1899 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
1904 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
1905 of the document classes.
1908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1912 \begin_layout Standard
1913 You can select a class using the
1915 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1920 \begin_layout Standard
1929 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
1933 \begin_layout Subsubsection
1937 \begin_layout Standard
1938 Each class has a default set of options.
1939 Here's a quick table describing them:
1942 \begin_layout Standard
1943 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
1949 \begin_layout Standard
1951 \begin_inset Tabular
1952 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
1954 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1955 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1956 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1957 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
1958 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
1959 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
1960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
1963 \begin_layout Standard
1969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1972 \begin_layout Standard
1987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
1990 \begin_layout Standard
2005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2008 \begin_layout Standard
2023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2026 \begin_layout Standard
2042 <row topline="true">
2043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2046 \begin_layout Standard
2060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2063 \begin_layout Standard
2078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2081 \begin_layout Standard
2096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2099 \begin_layout Standard
2114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2117 \begin_layout Standard
2133 <row topline="true">
2134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2137 \begin_layout Standard
2151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2154 \begin_layout Standard
2169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2172 \begin_layout Standard
2187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2190 \begin_layout Standard
2205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2208 \begin_layout Standard
2224 <row topline="true">
2225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2228 \begin_layout Standard
2242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2245 \begin_layout Standard
2260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2263 \begin_layout Standard
2278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2281 \begin_layout Standard
2296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2299 \begin_layout Standard
2315 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
2316 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2319 \begin_layout Standard
2333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2336 \begin_layout Standard
2351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2354 \begin_layout Standard
2369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2372 \begin_layout Standard
2387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2412 \begin_layout Standard
2413 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2419 \begin_layout Standard
2420 You're probably also wondering what
2421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2426 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2430 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2431 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2436 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2441 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2451 headings, there are also
2459 headings, and so on.
2460 We'll describe these headings fully in section\InsetSpace ~
2462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2464 reference "sub:Headings"
2471 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2474 name "sub:Layout-Modules"
2481 \begin_layout Standard
2487 These allow for the customization of document classes: adding additional
2488 paragraph styles, and the like.
2489 (LyX modules are to LyX's document layout classes much as LaTeX packages
2490 are to LaTeX classes.) For example:
2493 \begin_layout Itemize
2495 \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Code
2498 \begin_layout Standard
2504 module provides a custom inset---look under
2506 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2509 to find it---that formats, you guessed it, endnotes.
2512 \begin_layout Itemize
2514 \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Code
2517 \begin_layout Standard
2523 module formats all footnotes as endnotes.
2526 \begin_layout Itemize
2527 The Linguistics module provides several environments---for example, numbered
2528 examples and glosses---that are useful for writing in linguistics.
2531 \begin_layout Itemize
2532 Several modules provide theorem-type environments for mathematical writing.
2534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2536 reference "sec:Theorem-Environments"
2540 of this manual and section
2541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2543 reference "sec:AMS-LaTeX"
2549 Extended LyX Features
2551 manual for more on these.
2554 \begin_layout Standard
2555 Layout modules are accessed from
2557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2561 For information on creating your own modules---it's a great way to get
2562 started with layout creation---see section
2563 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2565 reference "sub:Layout-modules"
2576 \begin_layout Subsection
2581 \begin_layout Standard
2588 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2590 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2600 \begin_layout Standard
2609 \begin_layout Standard
2610 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2612 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2622 Documents\InsetSpace ~
2625 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2627 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2628 to use for your document.
2629 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2633 \begin_layout Standard
2643 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2644 You can choose between the following five options:
2647 \begin_layout Labeling
2648 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2653 Use default pagestyle of current class.
2656 \begin_layout Labeling
2657 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2662 No page numbers or headings.
2665 \begin_layout Labeling
2666 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2674 \begin_layout Labeling
2675 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2680 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
2681 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
2682 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
2685 \begin_layout Labeling
2686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2691 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
2698 \begin_layout Standard
2699 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
2707 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
2708 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
2710 Check the documentation for the
2714 package for more details,
2715 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
2724 \begin_layout Standard
2729 of paragraphs is described in section\InsetSpace ~
2731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2733 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2740 \begin_layout Subsection
2741 Paper Size and Orientation
2745 \begin_layout Standard
2746 Document ! Paper size
2752 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2754 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
2761 \begin_layout Standard
2762 You'll find the following options in the menu
2767 of the dialog of the
2769 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2778 \begin_layout Standard
2787 \begin_layout Labeling
2788 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2793 What size paper to print on.
2797 \begin_layout Itemize
2803 \begin_layout Itemize
2813 \begin_layout Itemize
2819 \begin_layout Itemize
2825 \begin_layout Itemize
2831 \begin_layout Itemize
2837 \begin_layout Itemize
2843 \begin_layout Labeling
2844 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2849 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
2860 \begin_layout Labeling
2861 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2864 Two-sided\InsetSpace ~
2867 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
2868 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
2871 \begin_layout Subsection
2876 \begin_layout Standard
2883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2893 \begin_layout Standard
2902 \begin_layout Standard
2903 Paper margins are set in the menu
2905 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2914 \begin_layout Standard
2923 \begin_layout Standard
2924 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
2925 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
2926 the paper format and the font size into account.
2929 \begin_layout Subsection
2933 \begin_layout Standard
2934 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
2939 That includes the paragraph environments.
2940 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
2941 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
2942 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
2943 paragraph environments to
2947 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
2948 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
2949 the conversion and why it failed.
2952 \begin_layout Section
2953 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
2957 \begin_layout Standard
2958 Paragraph ! Indentation
2966 \begin_layout Subsection
2968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2970 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2977 \begin_layout Standard
2978 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
2979 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
2982 \begin_layout Standard
2983 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
2984 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
2985 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
2986 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
2990 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
2996 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
2997 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
2998 language than English.
2999 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3002 \begin_layout Standard
3003 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3004 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3006 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3007 LyX takes care of that.
3008 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3010 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3011 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3012 of a page, and so on.
3016 \begin_layout Standard
3017 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3022 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3023 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3027 of these pre-coded spacings.
3028 We'll explain more later.
3031 \begin_layout Subsection
3032 Paragraph Separation
3036 \begin_layout Standard
3037 Paragraph ! Separation
3045 \begin_layout Standard
3046 To separate paragraphs, select
3061 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3066 \begin_layout Standard
3074 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3075 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3076 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3079 \begin_layout Standard
3089 \begin_layout Standard
3090 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
3092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3094 reference "cap:Units"
3099 The default length is 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
3103 \begin_layout Subsection
3107 \begin_layout Standard
3108 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3111 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3112 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
3115 dialog and toggle the
3120 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3121 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3122 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3126 \begin_layout Standard
3127 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3128 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3131 \begin_layout Subsection
3136 \begin_layout Standard
3137 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3145 \begin_layout Standard
3148 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3153 \begin_layout Standard
3161 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3170 \begin_layout Standard
3171 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3177 \begin_layout Standard
3178 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3185 installed to use this feature.
3193 \begin_layout Section
3194 Paragraph Environments
3198 \begin_layout Standard
3199 Paragraph ! Environments
3205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3207 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3215 \begin_layout Standard
3216 Paragraph environments|(
3224 \begin_layout Subsection
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The paragraph environments correspond to the various
3232 \begin_layout Standard
3252 command sequences in an ordinary LaTeX file.
3253 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3254 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3263 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3266 \begin_layout Standard
3267 A paragraph environment is simply a
3268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3275 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3276 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3277 scheme, labels, and so on.
3278 Additionally, you can
3279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3286 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3287 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3288 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3289 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3290 days of typewriters.
3291 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3293 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3296 \begin_layout Standard
3297 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box on the left
3299 LyX will change the environment of the
3303 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3304 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3305 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3309 \begin_layout Standard
3318 create a new paragraph using the
3322 paragraph environment.
3324 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3328 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3331 because if you are in one of these environments:
3334 \begin_layout Itemize
3340 \begin_layout Itemize
3346 \begin_layout Itemize
3352 \begin_layout Itemize
3358 \begin_layout Itemize
3364 \begin_layout Itemize
3370 \begin_layout Itemize
3376 \begin_layout Standard
3377 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3381 , rather than resetting it to
3386 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3387 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3388 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section\InsetSpace ~
3390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3392 reference "sec:Nesting"
3397 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3402 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3403 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3411 \begin_layout Subsection
3415 \begin_layout Standard
3416 The default paragraph environment is
3421 It creates a plain paragraph.
3422 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3423 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3424 this manual) are in the
3431 \begin_layout Standard
3432 You can nest a paragraph using the
3436 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3444 \begin_layout Subsection
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3458 \begin_layout Standard
3459 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3468 for thanks or contact information.
3469 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3470 page along with today's date.
3471 For other types of documents, the title
3472 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3479 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3483 \begin_layout Standard
3484 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3498 Here's how you use them:
3501 \begin_layout Itemize
3502 Put the title of your document in the
3509 \begin_layout Itemize
3510 Put the author name in the
3517 \begin_layout Itemize
3518 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3519 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3525 Note that using this environment is optional.
3526 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3527 If you don't want any date, add the line
3537 to the preamble of your document (menu
3539 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3545 \begin_layout Standard
3546 You can use footnotes to insert
3547 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3551 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3554 or contact informations.
3557 \begin_layout Subsection
3562 \begin_layout Standard
3569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3578 \begin_layout Standard
3579 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3580 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3583 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3588 \begin_layout Standard
3589 Section headings ! Numbered
3597 \begin_layout Standard
3598 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3602 \begin_layout Enumerate
3608 \begin_layout Enumerate
3614 \begin_layout Enumerate
3620 \begin_layout Enumerate
3626 \begin_layout Enumerate
3632 \begin_layout Enumerate
3638 \begin_layout Enumerate
3644 \begin_layout Standard
3645 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
3646 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
3647 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
3650 \begin_layout Standard
3651 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
3652 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
3653 You group the book into chapters.
3654 LyX does similar grouping:
3657 \begin_layout Itemize
3662 is divided in either
3671 \begin_layout Itemize
3683 \begin_layout Itemize
3695 \begin_layout Itemize
3707 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3731 \begin_layout Standard
3732 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
3735 \begin_layout Standard
3740 Not all document types use the
3744 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
3749 is the top-level heading.
3757 \begin_layout Standard
3762 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
3763 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
3765 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
3767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3777 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3782 \begin_layout Standard
3783 Section headings ! Unnumbered
3791 \begin_layout Standard
3792 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
3796 \begin_layout Enumerate
3802 \begin_layout Enumerate
3808 \begin_layout Enumerate
3814 \begin_layout Enumerate
3820 \begin_layout Enumerate
3826 \begin_layout Standard
3828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3832 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3835 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
3836 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
3837 table of contents, see section\InsetSpace ~
3839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3849 Changing the Numbering
3850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3852 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
3859 \begin_layout Standard
3860 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
3861 in the Table of Contents.
3862 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
3864 Certain classes start with
3878 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
3888 This is something you can change.
3891 \begin_layout Standard
3894 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3903 \begin_layout Standard
3913 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
3917 you'll see two counters.
3922 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
3924 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
3928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3929 Short Titles of Headings
3933 \begin_layout Standard
3934 Section headings ! Short titles
3943 \begin_layout Standard
3950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3952 name "sec:Short-Titles"
3959 \begin_layout Standard
3960 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
3961 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
3962 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
3963 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
3966 \begin_layout Standard
3967 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
3968 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
3969 avoiding the problem mentioned.
3970 To specify a short title, use the menu
3972 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3977 This will insert a box labeled
3978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3986 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3993 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
3994 This also works for captions inside floats.
3997 \begin_layout Standard
3998 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4001 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4005 \begin_layout Standard
4006 The following information applies to all section headings:
4009 \begin_layout Itemize
4010 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4013 \begin_layout Itemize
4014 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4017 \begin_layout Itemize
4018 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4021 \begin_layout Itemize
4022 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4025 \begin_layout Subsection
4026 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4029 \begin_layout Standard
4030 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4044 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4045 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4046 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4047 the text they contain.
4048 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4056 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4059 \begin_layout Standard
4060 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4069 when you start a new paragraph.
4070 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4074 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4075 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4076 to change back to the
4080 environment yourself.
4083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4093 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4103 \begin_layout Standard
4112 \begin_layout Standard
4113 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4114 time for the differences.
4123 are identical except for one difference:
4127 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4136 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4139 \begin_layout Standard
4140 Here's an example of the
4153 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4155 See -- no indentation!
4159 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4160 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4161 the other paragraph.
4164 \begin_layout Standard
4165 Here's another example, this time in the
4172 \begin_layout Quotation
4178 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4179 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4180 the first line, then
4184 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4188 you were quoting other text.
4191 \begin_layout Quotation
4192 Here's a new paragraph.
4193 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4194 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4197 \begin_layout Standard
4198 As the examples show,
4202 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4203 They should put quotes in the
4208 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4212 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4215 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4224 \begin_layout Standard
4236 \begin_layout Standard
4243 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4252 \begin_layout Standard
4257 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4264 Which I did not rehearse!
4268 It could be much worse.
4269 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4271 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4272 indented a bit more than the first.
4273 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4280 And make things look fine
4289 \begin_layout Standard
4294 does not indent both margins.
4295 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4296 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4307 \begin_layout Subsection
4312 \begin_layout Standard
4319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4328 \begin_layout Standard
4329 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4339 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4348 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4349 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4350 some general features of all four of them.
4353 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4357 \begin_layout Standard
4358 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4360 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4369 reset the environment to
4373 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4374 The nesting depth is typically reset, however.
4375 If you want to keep both the current nesting depth and paragraph environment,
4380 to break paragraphs.
4383 \begin_layout Standard
4384 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4385 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4387 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4388 you read all of section\InsetSpace ~
4390 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4392 reference "sec:Nesting"
4400 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4409 \begin_layout Standard
4416 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4425 \begin_layout Standard
4426 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4430 paragraph environment.
4431 It has the following properties:
4434 \begin_layout Itemize
4435 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4439 \begin_layout Itemize
4440 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4443 \begin_layout Itemize
4444 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4448 \begin_layout Itemize
4449 The items can have any length.
4450 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4451 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4458 \begin_layout Itemize
4463 environment inside another
4467 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4471 \begin_layout Itemize
4472 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4475 \begin_layout Itemize
4476 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4479 \begin_layout Itemize
4480 See section\InsetSpace ~
4482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4484 reference "sec:Nesting"
4488 for a full explanation of nesting.
4492 \begin_layout Standard
4493 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4502 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4505 \begin_layout Standard
4506 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4507 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4508 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4511 \begin_layout Itemize
4512 The label for the first level
4516 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4520 \begin_layout Itemize
4521 The label for the second level is a dash.
4525 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4530 \begin_layout Itemize
4531 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4535 \begin_layout Itemize
4536 Back out to the third level.
4540 \begin_layout Itemize
4541 Back to the second level.
4545 \begin_layout Itemize
4546 Back to the outermost level.
4549 \begin_layout Standard
4550 These are the default labels for an
4555 You can customize these labels in the
4557 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4560 dialog in the submenu
4570 \begin_layout Standard
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4580 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4581 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4582 in section\InsetSpace ~
4584 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4586 reference "sec:Nesting"
4593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4602 \begin_layout Standard
4609 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4611 name "sec:Enumerate"
4618 \begin_layout Standard
4623 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
4624 It has these properties:
4627 \begin_layout Enumerate
4628 Each item has a numeral as its label.
4632 \begin_layout Enumerate
4633 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
4637 \begin_layout Enumerate
4638 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
4641 \begin_layout Enumerate
4646 environment resets the counter to one.
4649 \begin_layout Enumerate
4662 \begin_layout Enumerate
4663 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
4664 Items can have any length.
4667 \begin_layout Enumerate
4668 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
4671 \begin_layout Enumerate
4672 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
4675 \begin_layout Enumerate
4676 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
4680 \begin_layout Standard
4689 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
4690 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
4697 \begin_layout Enumerate
4698 The first level of an
4702 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
4706 \begin_layout Enumerate
4707 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
4711 \begin_layout Enumerate
4712 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
4716 \begin_layout Enumerate
4717 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
4720 \begin_layout Enumerate
4721 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
4726 \begin_layout Enumerate
4727 Back to the third level
4731 \begin_layout Enumerate
4732 Back to the second level.
4736 \begin_layout Enumerate
4737 Back to the outermost level.
4740 \begin_layout Standard
4741 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
4746 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
4751 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
4755 \begin_layout Standard
4756 There is more to nesting
4760 environments than we've stated here.
4761 You should read section\InsetSpace ~
4763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4765 reference "sec:Nesting"
4769 to learn more about nesting.
4772 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4788 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4790 name "sec:Description-List"
4797 \begin_layout Standard
4798 Unlike the previous two environments, the
4802 list has no fixed label.
4803 Instead, LyX uses the first
4804 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4811 of the first line as the label.
4815 \begin_layout Description
4816 Example: This is an example of the
4823 \begin_layout Standard
4824 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
4828 \begin_layout Standard
4830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4837 it is meant that the first hit of the
4841 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
4843 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
4854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4856 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4859 , see section\InsetSpace ~
4861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4863 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
4867 for more info.) Here is an example:
4870 \begin_layout Description
4872 Example: This one shows how to use a
4874 Protected\InsetSpace ~
4884 \begin_layout Description
4885 Usage: You should use the
4889 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
4890 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
4892 It's not a good idea to use a
4896 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
4897 You're better off using
4909 paragraphs into them.
4912 \begin_layout Description
4913 Nesting: You can nest
4917 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
4921 \begin_layout Standard
4922 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
4923 them from the first line.
4926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4935 \begin_layout Standard
4942 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4951 \begin_layout Standard
4956 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
4960 \begin_layout Standard
4969 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
4970 There are the following properties of this list environment:
4973 \begin_layout Labeling
4974 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4976 labels LyX uses the first
4977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4984 of each line as the item label.
4989 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
4990 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
4991 blank as described above.
4994 \begin_layout Labeling
4995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
4996 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
4997 the body of the item text.
4998 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
4999 label width plus a little extra space.
5003 \begin_layout Labeling
5004 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5006 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever
5008 If the label width is larger, the label
5009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5016 into the first line.
5017 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5018 margin of the rest of the item text.
5021 \begin_layout Labeling
5022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5023 default\InsetSpace ~
5024 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text
5029 environment have the same left margin.
5031 To change the default width, select
5032 all items in the list.
5035 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5036 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
5042 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5045 determines the default label width.
5046 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5055 multiple times instead.
5056 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5065 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5067 Longest\InsetSpace ~
5070 every time you alter a label in a
5076 The predefined default width is the length of
5077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5088 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5091 \begin_layout Standard
5096 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5097 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5105 \begin_layout Standard
5110 environment the same way like the
5114 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5120 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5124 \begin_layout Standard
5129 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5131 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5132 Read section\InsetSpace ~
5134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5136 reference "sec:Nesting"
5140 to learn about nesting.
5143 \begin_layout Standard
5144 There is yet another feature of the
5148 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5150 You can use additional
5154 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5159 later in section\InsetSpace ~
5161 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5163 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5168 Here are some examples:
5171 \begin_layout Labeling
5172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5173 Left The default for
5180 \begin_layout Labeling
5181 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5188 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5191 \begin_layout Labeling
5192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5201 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5204 \begin_layout Subsection
5209 \begin_layout Standard
5218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5231 \begin_layout Standard
5232 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5243 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5244 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5245 In contrast, you can use the
5254 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5255 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5259 \begin_layout Standard
5260 Of course, you're not limited to using
5275 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5276 some European academic papers.
5279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5281 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5283 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5290 \begin_layout Standard
5295 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5296 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5302 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5303 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5304 Here's an example of each:
5307 \begin_layout Right Address
5314 When is it? What is today?
5317 \begin_layout Standard
5324 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5325 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5326 Here's an example of the
5333 \begin_layout Address
5336 Where do I send this
5338 Your post office and country
5341 \begin_layout Standard
5342 As you can see, both
5351 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5356 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5362 This makes sense, since
5370 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5371 Thus, you have to use
5381 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
5382 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5390 menu) to start a new line in an
5402 \begin_layout Subsection
5406 \begin_layout Standard
5407 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5408 or list of references.
5409 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5419 \begin_layout Standard
5428 \begin_layout Standard
5433 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5434 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5435 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5436 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5440 in anything else or vice versa.
5446 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5447 The book document classes ignores the
5451 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5455 in a letter document class.
5458 \begin_layout Standard
5463 environment does several things for you.
5464 First, it puts the centered label
5465 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5469 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5473 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5475 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5476 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5477 the subsequent text.
5478 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5479 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5482 \begin_layout Standard
5483 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5487 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5488 The new paragraph will still be in the
5493 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
5494 finish entering the abstract of your document.
5497 \begin_layout Standard
5498 \begin_inset Float figure
5503 \begin_layout Standard
5505 \begin_inset Graphics
5506 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
5515 \begin_layout Standard
5516 \begin_inset Caption
5518 \begin_layout Standard
5519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5521 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5542 \begin_layout Standard
5543 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
5547 environment, but since this document is in the
5548 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5552 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5555 class, we can't do this.
5556 We inserted it therefore as figure\InsetSpace ~
5558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5560 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
5565 If you've never heard of an
5566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5573 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
5576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5585 \begin_layout Standard
5592 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5594 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
5601 \begin_layout Standard
5606 environment is used to list references.
5607 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5608 only use it at the end of the document.
5613 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
5616 \begin_layout Standard
5617 When you first open a
5621 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
5622 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5626 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5637 depending on the document class.
5638 The heading is in a large boldface font.
5639 Each paragraph of the
5643 environment is a bibliography entry.
5648 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5649 Each new paragraph is still in the
5656 \begin_layout Standard
5657 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
5658 in section\InsetSpace ~
5660 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5662 reference "sec:Bibliography"
5669 \begin_layout Subsection
5676 \begin_layout Standard
5677 Paragraph ! LyX code
5683 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5697 environment is another LyX extension.
5698 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
5703 key as a fixed whitespace;
5707 \begin_layout Standard
5718 Protected\InsetSpace ~
5721 instead of an end-of-word marker.
5726 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
5727 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
5745 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5746 So, when you finish using the
5750 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
5751 Also, you can nest the
5755 environment inside of others.
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5759 There are a few quirks with this environment:
5762 \begin_layout Itemize
5767 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
5779 \begin_layout Itemize
5792 \begin_layout Itemize
5797 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
5804 \begin_layout Itemize
5813 \begin_layout Itemize
5814 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
5815 You must put at least one
5819 in any line you want blank.
5820 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
5823 \begin_layout Itemize
5824 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
5828 since that will insert
5833 You get the typewriter double quotes with
5841 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
5844 \begin_layout Standard
5848 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5852 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5856 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5860 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5864 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5865 printf("Hello World!
5870 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5874 \begin_layout LyX-Code
5878 \begin_layout Standard
5879 This is just the standard
5880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5884 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5891 \begin_layout Standard
5896 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
5897 rc-files, and so on.
5898 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
5899 as if you used a typewriter.
5903 \begin_layout Standard
5904 Paragraph environments|)
5912 \begin_layout Section
5913 Nesting Environments
5917 \begin_layout Standard
5918 Nesting ! Environments
5924 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5933 \begin_layout Subsection
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5938 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
5940 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
5942 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
5944 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
5946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5956 \begin_layout Enumerate
5960 \begin_layout Enumerate
5965 \begin_layout Enumerate
5969 \begin_layout Enumerate
5974 \begin_layout Enumerate
5978 \begin_layout Standard
5979 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
5980 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
5982 Increase\InsetSpace ~
5988 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
5996 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
5997 will tell you how far you are nested).
5998 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
5999 \begin_inset Graphics
6000 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6006 \begin_inset Graphics
6007 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6012 or the convenient key bindings
6020 to change the nesting level.
6021 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6022 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6026 \begin_layout Standard
6027 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6028 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6029 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6030 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6033 \begin_layout Standard
6034 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6035 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6037 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6040 \begin_layout Subsection
6041 What You Can and Can't Nest
6044 \begin_layout Standard
6045 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6046 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6049 \begin_layout Standard
6050 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6051 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6052 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6055 \begin_layout Itemize
6056 Completely unnestable
6059 \begin_layout Itemize
6060 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6061 other things inside of them.
6064 \begin_layout Itemize
6065 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6069 \begin_layout Standard
6070 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6071 environments have them:
6074 \begin_layout Description
6075 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6076 Can't nest into them.
6080 \begin_layout Itemize
6086 \begin_layout Itemize
6092 \begin_layout Itemize
6100 \begin_layout Itemize
6106 \begin_layout Itemize
6112 \begin_layout Itemize
6120 \begin_layout Itemize
6126 \begin_layout Itemize
6132 \begin_layout Itemize
6138 \begin_layout Itemize
6144 \begin_layout Itemize
6150 \begin_layout Itemize
6156 \begin_layout Itemize
6162 \begin_layout Itemize
6168 \begin_layout Itemize
6174 \begin_layout Itemize
6180 \begin_layout Itemize
6187 \begin_layout Description
6189 Nestable You can nest them.
6190 You can nest other things into them.
6194 \begin_layout Itemize
6200 \begin_layout Itemize
6206 \begin_layout Itemize
6212 \begin_layout Itemize
6218 \begin_layout Itemize
6224 \begin_layout Itemize
6230 \begin_layout Itemize
6236 \begin_layout Itemize
6243 \begin_layout Description
6244 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6245 You can't nest anything into them.
6249 \begin_layout Itemize
6255 \begin_layout Itemize
6262 \begin_layout Itemize
6269 \begin_layout Standard
6274 environment doesn't really fit anywhere, since it's only used inside of
6288 \begin_layout Subsection
6289 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6293 \begin_layout Standard
6294 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6300 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6302 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6311 affected by nesting anyhow.
6315 \begin_layout Itemize
6319 \begin_layout Itemize
6323 \begin_layout Itemize
6327 \begin_layout Standard
6329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6332 \begin_layout Standard
6337 If you put a figure or a table in a
6341 , this is no longer true.
6346 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
6348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6350 reference "sec:Floats"
6354 for more informations about
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6362 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6363 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6368 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6369 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6376 of its own, it behaves just like a
6377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6384 paragraph environment.
6385 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 Here's an example with a table:
6393 \begin_layout Enumerate
6398 \begin_layout Enumerate
6399 This is (a) and it's nested.
6403 \begin_layout Standard
6404 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6410 \begin_layout Standard
6412 \begin_inset Tabular
6413 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6417 <row topline="true">
6418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6421 \begin_layout Standard
6436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6439 \begin_layout Standard
6455 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6459 \begin_layout Standard
6474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6477 \begin_layout Standard
6500 \begin_layout Standard
6501 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6508 \begin_layout Enumerate
6510 The table is actually nested inside (a).
6514 \begin_layout Enumerate
6518 \begin_layout Standard
6519 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
6522 \begin_layout Enumerate
6527 \begin_layout Enumerate
6528 This is (a) and it's nested.
6532 \begin_layout Standard
6533 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6539 \begin_layout Standard
6541 \begin_inset Tabular
6542 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6546 <row topline="true">
6547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6550 \begin_layout Standard
6565 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6584 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6588 \begin_layout Standard
6603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6606 \begin_layout Standard
6629 \begin_layout Standard
6630 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6636 \begin_layout Enumerate
6643 In fact, it's not nested at all.
6646 \begin_layout Enumerate
6650 \begin_layout Standard
6651 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
6655 \begin_layout Standard
6656 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
6658 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
6661 \begin_layout Enumerate
6666 \begin_layout Enumerate
6667 This is (a) and it's nested.
6670 \begin_layout Standard
6671 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6677 \begin_layout Standard
6679 \begin_inset Tabular
6680 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6682 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
6683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
6684 <row topline="true">
6685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6688 \begin_layout Standard
6703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6722 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
6723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6726 \begin_layout Standard
6741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6744 \begin_layout Standard
6767 \begin_layout Standard
6768 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6774 \begin_layout Enumerate
6776 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
6784 \begin_layout Enumerate
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
6795 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
6796 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
6800 \begin_layout Subsection
6801 Usage and General Features
6802 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6804 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
6811 \begin_layout Standard
6812 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
6814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6821 is the innermost possible depth.
6822 Here's an example to display what we mean:
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6826 level #1 - outermost
6830 \begin_layout Enumerate
6835 \begin_layout Enumerate
6840 \begin_layout Enumerate
6845 \begin_layout Itemize
6850 \begin_layout Itemize
6859 \begin_layout Standard
6860 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
6861 both of them in the example.
6862 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
6872 For example, if we tried to nest another
6877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6887 \begin_layout Subsection
6892 \begin_layout Standard
6901 \begin_layout Standard
6902 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
6903 We have several examples of nested environments.
6904 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
6908 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6909 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
6912 \begin_layout Labeling
6913 \labelwidthstring MMM
6914 #1-a This is the outermost level.
6923 \begin_layout Labeling
6924 \labelwidthstring MMM
6925 #2-a This is level #2.
6926 We created it by using
6938 \begin_layout Labeling
6939 \labelwidthstring MMM
6940 #3-a This is level #3.
6941 This time, we just hit
6950 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
6963 \begin_layout Standard
6968 environment, nested inside of
6969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6977 So, it's at level #4.
6978 We did this by hitting
6986 , then changing the paragraph environment to
6991 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7007 \begin_layout Standard
7012 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7019 \begin_layout Labeling
7020 \labelwidthstring MMM
7021 #4-a This is level #4.
7026 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7031 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7035 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7040 keep nesting things inside of
7041 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7045 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7052 \begin_layout Labeling
7053 \labelwidthstring MMM
7054 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7059 \begin_layout Labeling
7060 \labelwidthstring MMM
7061 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7062 and this is level #6.
7063 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7067 \begin_layout Labeling
7068 \labelwidthstring MMM
7069 #5-b Back to level #5.
7082 \begin_layout Labeling
7083 \labelwidthstring MMM
7092 , we're back at level #4.
7096 \begin_layout Labeling
7097 \labelwidthstring MMM
7098 #3-b Back to level #3.
7099 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7103 \begin_layout Labeling
7104 \labelwidthstring MMM
7105 #2-b Back to level #2.
7110 \begin_layout Labeling
7111 \labelwidthstring MMM
7112 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7113 After this sentence, we'll hit
7117 and change the paragraph environment back to
7124 \begin_layout Standard
7125 We could have also used the
7141 environment in place of the
7146 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7149 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7150 Example 2: Inheritance
7153 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7154 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7157 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7167 , after which, we'll change to the
7175 \begin_layout Enumerate
7180 environment, at level #2.
7183 \begin_layout Enumerate
7184 Notice how the nested
7188 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7192 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7196 \begin_layout Standard
7197 We ended this example by hitting
7202 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7206 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7213 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7214 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7226 \begin_layout Standard
7227 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7235 \begin_layout Enumerate
7236 This is level #1, in an
7240 paragraph environment.
7241 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7245 \begin_layout Enumerate
7256 Now, what happens if we nest an
7260 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7261 label be? An asterisk?
7265 \begin_layout Itemize
7275 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7276 So, its label is a bullet.
7277 (We got here by using
7285 , then changing the environment to
7293 \begin_layout Itemize
7294 Here's level #4, produced using
7303 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7308 \begin_layout Enumerate
7309 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7311 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7316 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7320 , because we are in the
7344 \begin_layout Enumerate
7349 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7350 type of numbering does LyX use?
7353 \begin_layout Enumerate
7354 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7358 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7361 \begin_layout Enumerate
7366 to decrease the depth after the next
7374 \begin_layout Enumerate
7376 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7380 \begin_layout Enumerate
7382 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7383 numeral as the label.Why?
7386 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7396 Notice, however, that LyX
7400 reset the counter for the label.
7404 \begin_layout Enumerate
7413 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7414 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7415 into the twofold-nested
7423 \begin_layout Enumerate
7424 The same thing happens if we do another
7432 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7435 \begin_layout Standard
7436 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7441 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
7455 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
7461 The same rule applies for the
7465 environment, as well.
7468 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7469 Example 4: Going Bonkers
7472 \begin_layout Enumerate
7473 We're going to go totally nuts now.
7474 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
7475 same detail with how we did it.
7484 \begin_layout Standard
7487 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
7489 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
7490 example in parentheses someplace.
7491 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
7492 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
7493 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
7497 \begin_layout Enumerate
7502 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
7507 Now we'll add verse.
7509 It will get much worse.
7513 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
7519 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
7521 Bippitey boppitey boo!
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7534 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset Tabular
7543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
7548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7551 \begin_layout Standard
7566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7569 \begin_layout Standard
7585 <row topline="true">
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Standard
7604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7607 \begin_layout Standard
7634 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
7638 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
7644 \begin_layout Enumerate
7649 : level #1) This is another item.
7650 Note that selecting a
7654 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
7655 3 times to put the table inside the
7663 \begin_layout Quotation
7664 We're now ending the
7668 list and changing to
7673 We're still at level #1.
7674 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
7675 The next set of paragraphs is a
7676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7692 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
7696 for the letter body.
7701 to preserve the depth.
7702 Remember that you need to use
7706 to create multiple lines inside the
7720 \begin_layout Right Address
7723 Moosegroin, MT 00100
7728 \begin_layout Address
7729 Dear Mr.\InsetSpace ~
7733 \begin_layout Quotation
7734 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
7735 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
7738 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
7739 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
7740 a backlog in our orders for methane.
7741 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
7742 as soon as possible.
7743 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
7746 \begin_layout Quotation
7747 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
7748 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
7749 with your order, along with payment.
7752 \begin_layout Quotation
7753 We thank you again for your patience.
7756 \begin_layout Address
7763 \begin_layout Quotation
7764 That ends that example!
7767 \begin_layout Standard
7768 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
7769 just a few keystrokes.
7770 We could have easily nested an
7791 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
7794 \begin_layout Section
7795 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
7798 \begin_layout Subsection
7800 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7802 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
7809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7815 \begin_layout Standard
7816 Horizontal Fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
7817 in a uniform fashion.
7818 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
7819 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
7820 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
7821 equally between themselves.
7825 \begin_layout Standard
7830 can be inserted with
7832 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7833 Formatting\InsetSpace ~
7834 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
7838 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
7843 This is on the left side
7845 This is on the right
7868 \begin_layout Standard
7869 That was an example in the
7875 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
7881 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
7884 is one in a standard paragraph.
7885 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
7889 sitting in-between the two arrows.
7892 \begin_layout Standard
7893 There may be more than one set of margins on a line.
7894 Here's an example with the
7901 \begin_layout Labeling
7902 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
7914 \begin_layout Standard
7916 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7923 marks the beginning of the item.
7924 (There is actually a
7925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7932 HFill inside of the label of the
7936 environment; it's put at the end of the label automatically.) HFills work
7938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7945 situations, like two-column mode.
7948 \begin_layout Standard
7949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7952 \begin_layout Standard
7957 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
7961 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
7962 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
7963 If you need space in this case anyway, you have to use the LaTeX-command
7973 (ERT is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
7975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7989 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7990 Other space variants
7991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7993 name "sub:Other-space-variants"
8000 \begin_layout Standard
8001 The following two sorts of spaces are not yet supported by LyX, so that
8002 you have to use ERT, see section\InsetSpace ~
8004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8011 That they are not supported is a hint that you need them very seldom in
8013 So use them only if it is really necessary (remind the WYSIWYM concept).
8016 \begin_layout Paragraph
8020 \begin_layout Standard
8021 Sometimes one needs space with a defined length, e.g for forms and questionnaires.
8022 This can be inserted by using the LaTeX-command
8033 For example the command
8040 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8043 cm space within the following line:
8046 \begin_layout Standard
8048 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8065 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8069 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8072 cm space between the arrows.
8075 \begin_layout Standard
8076 You can use all length units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8080 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8087 \begin_layout Paragraph
8091 \begin_layout Standard
8092 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
8094 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
8097 \begin_layout Standard
8098 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8101 What is correct English?:
8106 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
8112 \begin_layout Standard
8128 \begin_layout Standard
8139 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
8145 \begin_layout Standard
8146 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
8147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8157 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
8164 In our case write the command
8171 (note the space after
8172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8179 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
8180 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
8181 That is why it is named
8182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8193 \begin_layout Standard
8194 There exists also the commands
8206 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
8207 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
8208 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
8210 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
8222 \begin_layout Subsection
8224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8226 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
8233 \begin_layout Standard
8234 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
8236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8237 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8238 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
8242 There you find the following sizes:
8245 \begin_layout Standard
8258 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
8263 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
8265 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8270 \begin_layout Standard
8278 for the paragraph separation.
8279 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
8290 \begin_layout Standard
8295 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
8296 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
8298 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
8299 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
8308 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
8312 \begin_layout Standard
8317 s are described in section\InsetSpace ~
8319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8321 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8330 If there are several
8334 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
8335 You can therefore use
8339 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8347 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
8349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8351 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8358 \begin_layout Standard
8359 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
8362 \begin_layout Standard
8369 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
8370 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
8382 \begin_layout Subsection
8386 \begin_layout Standard
8387 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
8389 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8393 There are four possibilities:
8396 \begin_layout Itemize
8402 \begin_layout Itemize
8408 \begin_layout Itemize
8414 \begin_layout Itemize
8420 \begin_layout Standard
8421 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
8422 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
8423 the left and right margins.
8424 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
8427 \begin_layout Standard
8429 This paragraph is right aligned,
8432 \begin_layout Standard
8434 this one is centered,
8437 \begin_layout Standard
8439 this one is left aligned.
8442 \begin_layout Subsection
8447 \begin_layout Standard
8454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8456 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
8463 \begin_layout Standard
8464 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
8465 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
8466 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
8467 Only if you use many
8471 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
8474 \begin_layout Standard
8475 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
8476 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
8480 have to change the pagebreaking.
8483 \begin_layout Standard
8484 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
8486 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph by the menu
8488 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8489 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8494 The second type ends a page, but stretches the content of the page, so
8495 that it fills out the complete page.
8496 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
8497 on which only the last few lines are absent.
8498 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX
8509 \begin_layout Standard
8510 For more about ERT see section\InsetSpace ~
8512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8524 The number can vary between 0 and 4.
8525 If 4 or no number is used, it will always be created a pagebreak
8529 \begin_layout Standard
8530 normally one uses simply
8542 The numbers 0 to 3 stand for the increasing priority level -- LaTeX decides,
8543 concerning the priority, if a pagebreak is created or not.
8546 \begin_layout Standard
8547 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
8548 at the top of a page.
8549 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
8550 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
8551 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
8552 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
8554 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8556 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
8567 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8571 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
8579 \begin_layout Standard
8588 \begin_layout Standard
8589 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
8590 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
8591 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
8592 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
8593 if necessary by adding pages.
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8597 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
8599 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8600 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8605 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
8607 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8608 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8613 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
8614 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
8617 \begin_layout Subsection
8622 \begin_layout Standard
8629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8631 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
8638 \begin_layout Standard
8639 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
8641 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
8643 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8644 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8653 The other type breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the
8654 whole space between the page margins.
8655 This is necessary to avoid
8656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8663 in justifies paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
8664 This type is not yet supported by LyX, so that you have to use the LaTeX-comman
8676 The syntax is similar tho the command
8682 , described in the previous section.
8685 \begin_layout Standard
8686 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
8687 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
8688 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
8689 set a linebreak, e.g.
8690 in a poem or for an address (see sections\InsetSpace ~
8692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8694 reference "sec:Quote"
8699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8701 reference "sec:Verse"
8706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8708 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
8715 \begin_layout Subsection
8720 \begin_layout Standard
8729 \begin_layout Standard
8730 A blank is a blank? Not in good typography.
8731 While you might be used to press the space key anytime you want to separate
8732 two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers you more spaces: Spaces
8733 of different width and spaces which can or cannot be broken at the end
8735 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8739 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8743 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8751 \begin_layout Standard
8760 \begin_layout Standard
8761 Some languages (e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8762 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
8763 English) have the typographical convention to add extra
8764 space after an end-of-sentence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventio
8765 ns (see section\InsetSpace ~
8767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8769 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8774 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8775 In this case, insert one with
8777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8778 Special\InsetSpace ~
8779 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8780 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
8790 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8794 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8802 \begin_layout Standard
8811 \begin_layout Standard
8812 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8814 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8818 Further documentation is given in section
8821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8823 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8831 \begin_layout Standard
8832 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8847 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8856 A protected space is set with
8858 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8859 Special\InsetSpace ~
8860 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8879 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8887 \begin_layout Standard
8896 \begin_layout Standard
8898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8905 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8914 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8915 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8916 inside abbreviations:
8920 D.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8922 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8923 e.\InsetSpace \space{}
8927 \begin_layout Standard
8928 or between values and units.
8929 Compare for example this:
8931 10\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
8937 \begin_layout Standard
8938 You can insert thin spaces with the menu
8940 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8941 Special\InsetSpace ~
8942 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8953 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8957 \begin_layout Standard
8958 Apart from the ones described, there are still some more spaces.
8959 Although LyX supports them natively, they can only be reached via a formula
8960 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
8962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8964 reference "sub:Altering-Spacing"
8973 Te latter means to type
8977 space-insert <command>
8984 into the command buffer, where
8988 is one of the following:
8992 \begin_layout Standard
8994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9001 is explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
9003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9005 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9017 \begin_layout Standard
9019 \begin_inset Tabular
9020 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="3">
9022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
9023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
9024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
9025 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9029 \begin_layout Standard
9037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9040 \begin_layout Standard
9048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9051 \begin_layout Standard
9060 <row topline="true">
9061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9064 \begin_layout Standard
9072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9075 \begin_layout Standard
9082 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9085 \begin_layout Standard
9092 <row topline="true">
9093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9096 \begin_layout Standard
9104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9107 \begin_layout Standard
9114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9117 \begin_layout Standard
9124 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
9125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9128 \begin_layout Standard
9136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9139 \begin_layout Standard
9146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9149 \begin_layout Standard
9156 <row bottomline="true">
9157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9160 \begin_layout Standard
9168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9171 \begin_layout Standard
9178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9181 \begin_layout Standard
9188 <row bottomline="true">
9189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9192 \begin_layout Standard
9200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9203 \begin_layout Standard
9210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9213 \begin_layout Standard
9220 <row bottomline="true">
9221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9224 \begin_layout Standard
9232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9245 \begin_layout Standard
9252 <row bottomline="true">
9253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9256 \begin_layout Standard
9264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9267 \begin_layout Standard
9274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9277 \begin_layout Standard
9284 <row bottomline="true">
9285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9288 \begin_layout Standard
9296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9299 \begin_layout Standard
9306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9309 \begin_layout Standard
9323 \begin_layout Subsection
9325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9327 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9335 \begin_layout Standard
9344 \begin_layout Standard
9349 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9350 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9351 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
9354 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
9360 \begin_layout Section
9361 Fonts and Text Styles
9362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9364 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
9371 \begin_layout Subsection
9376 \begin_layout Standard
9385 \begin_layout Standard
9386 There are two types of fonts:
9389 \begin_layout Description
9395 \begin_layout Standard
9401 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
9402 characters) in the font.
9403 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
9404 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
9405 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
9406 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
9407 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
9408 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
9409 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
9410 provide a good image.
9412 One could mean that one only needs to define one font
9413 size and scale them.
9414 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
9415 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
9416 sizes than at small ones.
9434 \begin_layout Description
9440 \begin_layout Standard
9446 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
9447 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
9448 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
9449 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
9450 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
9451 picture manipulation program.
9452 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
9453 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
9454 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
9455 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
9456 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
9458 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
9459 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
9461 Bitmap fonts are named
9467 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
9470 \begin_layout Standard
9471 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
9472 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
9473 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
9474 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
9478 \begin_layout Standard
9479 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
9480 its document properties.
9483 \begin_layout Standard
9484 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
9485 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
9486 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
9487 font to emphasize text, you use an
9488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9496 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
9497 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
9501 \begin_layout Subsection
9502 Document Font and Font size
9503 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9505 name "sub:Document-Font"
9513 \begin_layout Standard
9523 \begin_layout Standard
9532 \begin_layout Standard
9533 You can set the document fonts in the
9535 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Standard
9549 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
9550 font shapes roman (serif),
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563 The possible options for the font include
9567 and a list of fonts available on your system.
9572 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
9573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9594 European Computer Modern
9597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9607 \begin_layout Standard
9616 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
9617 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
9621 \begin_layout Standard
9622 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
9627 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
9633 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
9634 There are three ways to use one:
9637 \begin_layout Itemize
9638 One way is to use the
9648 Virtual means that it
9649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9660 -glyphs from other fonts.
9661 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
9663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9682 \begin_layout Standard
9683 Loading the LaTeX-package
9689 \begin_layout Standard
9690 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
9697 with the document preamble line
9700 \begin_layout Standard
9705 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 will fix the guillemet problem.
9714 and that accented characters are not
9718 glyph, they are build of
9722 characters, the accent and the letter.
9723 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
9727 fonts for words with accented characters.
9728 If you search for example for the French word
9729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9736 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
9738 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9745 and not for the glyph
9746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9753 \begin_layout Standard
9763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9767 \begin_inset Note Note
9770 \begin_layout Standard
9778 The two braces behind the command prevents the following quotation mark
9779 to be accented with the grave.
9781 More about ERT and LaTeX-commands is described
9782 in section\InsetSpace ~
9784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9798 \begin_layout Itemize
9799 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
9803 \begin_layout Standard
9812 , consists of these three main font types
9839 scaled to 92 or 95\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
9840 % as sans\InsetSpace ~
9847 The differences between roman,
9856 fonts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9860 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9871 was originally designed for newspapers.
9872 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
9873 into the small newspaper columns.
9879 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
9882 \begin_layout Itemize
9883 The best solution is to use the
9888 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
9895 \begin_layout Standard
9896 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9899 For the font size there are four possible values:
9916 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
9919 \begin_layout Standard
9920 The font sizes are the
9925 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
9926 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
9927 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
9933 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
9935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9937 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
9944 \begin_layout Standard
9945 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
9949 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9952 \begin_layout Standard
9957 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
9961 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
9962 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
9963 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
9965 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9968 dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
9970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9972 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9985 Using Different Character Styles
9989 \begin_layout Standard
9999 \begin_layout Standard
10008 \begin_layout Standard
10009 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10010 certain paragraph environments.
10011 LyX supports two character styles,
10020 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10024 \begin_layout Standard
10029 style, do one of the following:
10032 \begin_layout Itemize
10033 click on the toolbar button
10034 \begin_inset Graphics
10035 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10043 \begin_layout Itemize
10050 \begin_layout Standard
10051 These commands are all toggles.
10056 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 One typically uses the
10064 style for proper names.
10066 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10073 is the original author of LyX.
10074 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10080 \begin_layout Standard
10081 A more widely used character style is the
10086 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10093 \begin_layout Itemize
10094 clicking on the toolbar button
10095 \begin_inset Graphics
10096 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10104 \begin_layout Itemize
10105 using the keybindings
10111 \begin_layout Standard
10116 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10117 es use a different font.
10120 \begin_layout Standard
10121 We've been using the
10125 style all over the place in this document.
10126 Here's one more example:
10129 \begin_layout Quotation
10132 Don't overuse character styles!
10135 \begin_layout Standard
10136 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10137 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10138 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10139 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10143 \begin_layout Standard
10144 You can always reset to the default font using the keybinding
10151 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10158 \begin_layout Subsection
10159 Fine-Tuning with the
10164 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10166 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10174 \begin_layout Standard
10183 \begin_layout Standard
10184 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10185 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10186 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10187 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10188 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10189 from ordinary dialog.
10192 \begin_layout Standard
10193 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10194 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10196 Documents that overuse
10197 different fonts and sizes are not well readable and tend to look like someone
10198 has knocked huge holes in it.
10201 \begin_layout Standard
10202 To use custom character styles, open the
10204 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10209 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10210 font property which you can choose.
10211 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10216 , which keeps the current state of that property.
10221 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
10222 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
10223 environments in a snap.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
10239 \begin_layout Labeling
10240 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10246 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10254 The possible options are:
10258 \begin_layout Labeling
10259 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10264 This is the Roman font family.
10265 Normally a serif font.
10266 It's also the default family.
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10289 \begin_layout Standard
10297 \begin_inset Note Note
10300 \begin_layout Standard
10301 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
10302 It is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
10304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10306 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
10318 \begin_layout Labeling
10319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10327 This is the Sans Serif font family.
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10352 \begin_layout Standard
10362 \begin_layout Labeling
10363 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10370 This is the Typewriter font family.
10377 \begin_layout Standard
10395 \begin_layout Standard
10408 \begin_layout Labeling
10409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10414 This corresponds to the print weight.
10419 \begin_layout Labeling
10420 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10425 This is the Medium font series.
10426 It's also the default series.
10429 \begin_layout Labeling
10430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10437 This is the Bold font series.
10444 \begin_layout Standard
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10473 \begin_layout Labeling
10474 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10479 As the name implies.
10484 \begin_layout Labeling
10485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10490 This is the Upright font shape.
10491 It's also the default shape.
10494 \begin_layout Labeling
10495 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10509 s the Italic font shape
10515 \begin_layout Labeling
10516 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10523 This is the Slanted font shape
10525 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
10528 \begin_layout Labeling
10529 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10537 This is the Small caps font shape
10544 \begin_layout Labeling
10545 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10550 Alters the size of the font.
10551 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
10552 nal to the document font size.
10553 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
10554 what you want to do.
10559 \begin_layout Labeling
10560 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10582 \begin_layout Standard
10600 \begin_layout Standard
10611 \begin_layout Standard
10629 \begin_layout Standard
10639 \begin_layout Labeling
10640 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10662 \begin_layout Standard
10680 \begin_layout Standard
10690 \begin_layout Labeling
10691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10713 \begin_layout Standard
10731 \begin_layout Standard
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10760 \begin_layout Standard
10770 \begin_layout Labeling
10771 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10811 \begin_layout Standard
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10840 \begin_layout Standard
10850 \begin_layout Labeling
10851 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10857 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10865 It's also the default size.
10870 \begin_layout Standard
10888 \begin_layout Standard
10899 \begin_layout Standard
10917 \begin_layout Standard
10927 \begin_layout Labeling
10928 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
10936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10950 \begin_layout Standard
10968 \begin_layout Standard
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10997 \begin_layout Standard
11007 \begin_layout Labeling
11008 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11020 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11030 \begin_layout Standard
11048 \begin_layout Standard
11059 \begin_layout Standard
11077 \begin_layout Standard
11087 \begin_layout Labeling
11088 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11096 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11100 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11110 \begin_layout Standard
11128 \begin_layout Standard
11138 \begin_layout Labeling
11139 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11161 \begin_layout Standard
11179 \begin_layout Standard
11190 \begin_layout Standard
11208 \begin_layout Standard
11218 \begin_layout Labeling
11219 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11241 \begin_layout Standard
11259 \begin_layout Standard
11270 \begin_layout Standard
11288 \begin_layout Standard
11299 \begin_layout Standard
11304 : don't go crazy with this feature.
11305 You should almost never need to change the font size.
11306 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
11307 - use that instead.
11308 This is here for fine-tuning only!
11311 \begin_layout Labeling
11312 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11317 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
11322 \begin_layout Labeling
11323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11330 This is text with emphasize on
11333 This might seem like the same as
11337 , but it is actually a bit different.
11343 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
11345 Normally this font is equal to italic.
11348 \begin_layout Labeling
11349 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11356 This is text with Underbar on.
11363 \begin_layout Standard
11381 \begin_layout Standard
11394 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
11395 when you couldn't change fonts.
11396 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
11397 It's only included in LyX because some people
11401 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
11404 \begin_layout Labeling
11405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11412 This is text with Noun on.
11419 , this is a logical attribute.
11420 Normally it's equivalent to
11429 \begin_layout Labeling
11430 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11435 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
11436 Notice that not all dvi-viewers are are able to display colors.
11442 , which is the default
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11450 and means normally black, you can choose between
11486 \begin_layout Standard
11495 \begin_layout Labeling
11496 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11501 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
11502 the language of the document.
11503 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
11507 \begin_layout Standard
11508 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
11509 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
11511 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11515 dialog, the settings are saved.
11516 You can activate them using the toolbar button
11517 \begin_inset Graphics
11518 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
11524 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
11525 when the dialog isn't visible.
11529 \begin_layout Standard
11530 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
11536 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
11537 (suppose you just set the shape to
11538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11555 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
11565 \begin_layout Standard
11566 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
11583 \begin_layout Itemize
11589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11596 font, that means every character has the same width, the
11597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11619 \begin_layout Standard
11632 \begin_layout Standard
11644 \begin_inset Note Note
11647 \begin_layout Standard
11648 For more on phantoms see section\InsetSpace ~
11650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11652 reference "sub:Other-space-variants"
11666 \begin_layout Itemize
11671 fonts use characters with serifs.
11672 These are the small
11673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11680 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
11681 The following example will show the difference:
11687 text without serifs
11691 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
11692 They are therefore used as default font (named
11699 \begin_layout Itemize
11705 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
11706 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
11709 \begin_layout Standard
11710 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
11711 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
11714 \begin_layout Section
11715 Printing and Previewing
11718 \begin_layout Subsection
11722 \begin_layout Standard
11723 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
11724 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
11725 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
11726 goes on behind-the-scenes.
11727 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
11729 Extended\InsetSpace ~
11735 \begin_layout Standard
11736 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
11737 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
11738 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
11739 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
11740 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
11741 This happens in two stages:
11744 \begin_layout Enumerate
11745 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
11746 generating a file with the extension,
11747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11761 \begin_layout Enumerate
11762 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
11766 file to produce printable output.
11770 \begin_layout Subsection
11771 Output file formats
11775 \begin_layout Standard
11782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11784 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
11791 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11796 \begin_layout Standard
11797 File formats ! ASCII
11805 \begin_layout Standard
11806 This file type has the extension
11807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11819 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
11820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11823 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
11824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11830 \begin_layout Standard
11831 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
11833 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11834 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11840 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11845 \begin_layout Standard
11846 File formats ! LaTeX
11854 \begin_layout Standard
11855 This file type has the extension
11856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11867 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
11869 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
11870 it manually with console commands.
11871 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
11872 you view or export your document.
11875 \begin_layout Standard
11876 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
11878 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11879 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11884 \begin_layout Standard
11896 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11901 \begin_layout Standard
11910 \begin_layout Standard
11911 This file type has the extension
11912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11925 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11932 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
11933 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
11934 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
11936 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
11940 \begin_layout Standard
11941 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11944 \begin_layout Standard
11949 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
11950 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
11955 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
11956 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
11957 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
11958 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
11961 \begin_layout Standard
11962 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
11964 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11965 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11971 \begin_layout Subsubsection
11976 \begin_layout Standard
11977 File formats ! PostScript
11985 \begin_layout Standard
11986 This file type has the extension
11987 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11995 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11999 PostScript was developed by the company
12003 as printer language.
12004 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12006 PostScript can be seen as
12007 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12010 programming language
12011 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12014 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12018 \begin_layout Standard
12019 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12028 \begin_layout Standard
12029 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12039 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12042 \begin_layout Standard
12043 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12047 Encapsulated PostScript
12048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12051 (EPS, file extension
12052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12064 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12065 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12066 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12067 whenever you view or export your document.
12068 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12069 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12070 EPS to avoid this problem.
12073 \begin_layout Standard
12074 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12076 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12077 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12083 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12088 \begin_layout Standard
12098 \begin_layout Standard
12107 \begin_layout Standard
12108 This file type has the extension
12109 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12125 Portable Document Format
12126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12129 (PDF) is developed by
12133 as derivative from PostScript.
12134 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
12136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12140 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12143 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12144 looks exactly the same.
12147 \begin_layout Standard
12148 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12152 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12156 (JPG, file extension
12157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12184 Portable Network Graphics
12185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12188 (PNG, file extension
12189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12201 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12202 in the background to one of these formats.
12203 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12204 will slow down your workflow.
12205 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12208 \begin_layout Standard
12209 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12211 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12214 in three different ways:
12217 \begin_layout Description
12218 PDF This uses the program
12222 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
12223 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
12227 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
12228 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
12231 \begin_layout Description
12233 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
12237 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
12241 \begin_layout Description
12243 (pdflatex) This uses the program
12247 that converts your file directly to PDF.
12250 \begin_layout Standard
12251 We recommend to use
12260 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
12266 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
12269 \begin_layout Subsection
12274 \begin_layout Standard
12283 \begin_layout Standard
12284 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
12285 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
12289 and choose a file type.
12290 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
12293 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12296 you can use the toolbar button
12297 \begin_inset Graphics
12298 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
12309 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12313 you can use the toolbar button
12314 \begin_inset Graphics
12315 filename ../images/buffer-export_pdf2.png
12323 \begin_layout Standard
12324 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
12325 viewer window using the menu
12327 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12333 \begin_layout Standard
12334 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
12336 To have a real output, export your document.
12339 \begin_layout Subsection
12340 Printing the File from within LyX
12341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12343 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
12350 \begin_layout Standard
12351 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
12352 it directly from within LyX.
12353 To print a file, select the menu
12355 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12358 or click on the toolbar button
12359 \begin_inset Graphics
12360 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
12366 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
12367 This file is then processed by the program
12371 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
12376 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
12379 \begin_layout Standard
12380 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
12381 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
12382 printing one set to print on the other side.
12383 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
12384 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
12385 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
12388 \begin_layout Standard
12389 You can set the parameters in the
12397 \begin_layout Labeling
12398 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12403 This is the name of the printer to print to.
12407 \begin_layout Standard
12408 Note that this printer name is for the program
12417 has to be configured for this printer name.
12418 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section\InsetSpace ~
12420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12422 reference "sub:Printer"
12431 The printer should understand PostScript.
12434 \begin_layout Labeling
12435 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12440 The name of a file to print to.
12441 The output will be a PostScript file.
12442 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
12446 \begin_layout Section
12447 A few Words about Typography
12451 \begin_layout Standard
12460 \begin_layout Subsection
12465 \begin_layout Standard
12472 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12481 \begin_layout Standard
12483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12494 character comes in three lengths, often called the
12509 \begin_layout Enumerate
12515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12529 \begin_layout Enumerate
12535 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12544 \begin_layout Standard
12556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12562 \begin_layout Enumerate
12568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12577 \begin_layout Standard
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 \begin_layout Enumerate
12612 \begin_inset Formula $-$
12618 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12632 \begin_layout Standard
12633 You generate them by inserting the
12634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12645 character multiple times in a row.
12646 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
12647 final output, but not in LyX.
12650 \begin_layout Standard
12651 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
12652 math mode and has a length of its own.
12653 Here are some examples of the
12654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12668 \begin_layout Enumerate
12669 line- and page-breaks
12678 \begin_layout Enumerate
12688 \begin_layout Enumerate
12689 Oh --- there's a dash.
12698 \begin_layout Enumerate
12699 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
12711 \begin_layout Subsection
12716 \begin_layout Standard
12723 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12725 name "sub:Hyphenation"
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
12734 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
12740 \begin_layout Standard
12741 LaTeX-packages ! babel
12748 following the rules of the document language
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
12760 German\InsetSpace ~
12766 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
12783 and with unusual constructs, like
12784 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12788 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12792 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
12793 This is done with the menu
12795 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12796 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12797 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
12801 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
12802 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
12805 \begin_layout Standard
12806 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
12807 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
12808 a hyphen and a space in the form
12809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12817 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
12818 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12825 as hyphenation possibility.
12826 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
12827 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
12828 of the LaTeX-box-command
12834 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
12835 As LyX doesn't support
12841 , we have to use ERT.
12842 The result looks in LyX like:
12845 \begin_layout Standard
12846 \begin_inset Graphics
12847 filename clipart/mbox.png
12855 \begin_layout Standard
12856 To learn more about ERT, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
12858 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12860 reference "sec:ERT"
12867 \begin_layout Subsection
12872 \begin_layout Standard
12881 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12882 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
12883 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12885 name "sub:Abbreviations"
12892 \begin_layout Standard
12893 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
12894 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
12895 LaTeX then adds the
12896 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12899 appropriate amount of space
12900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12904 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
12906 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
12909 \begin_layout Standard
12910 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
12913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12924 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
12925 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
12928 \begin_layout Standard
12929 Here are some examples of
12933 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
12936 \begin_layout Itemize
12941 \begin_layout Itemize
12946 \begin_layout Standard
12947 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
12950 \begin_layout Itemize
12953 this is too much space!
12956 \begin_layout Itemize
12961 \begin_layout Standard
12962 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
12965 \begin_layout Standard
12966 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
12969 \begin_layout Enumerate
12972 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
12975 after lowercase abbreviations (see section\InsetSpace ~
12977 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12979 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
12987 \begin_layout Standard
12988 Spaces ! inter-word
12996 \begin_layout Enumerate
13002 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section\InsetSpace ~
13004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13006 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13014 \begin_layout Standard
13023 \begin_layout Enumerate
13028 sentence\InsetSpace ~
13033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13034 Special\InsetSpace ~
13037 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
13038 This function is also bound to
13045 \begin_layout Standard
13046 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
13049 \begin_layout Itemize
13050 e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13051 g.\InsetSpace \space{}
13052 this is too much space!
13055 \begin_layout Itemize
13056 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
13060 \begin_layout Standard
13061 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
13062 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
13063 LaTeX will care about this.
13066 \begin_layout Standard
13067 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
13070 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13074 feature described in section
13085 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13090 \begin_layout Standard
13091 Typography ! Quotes
13100 \begin_layout Standard
13105 \begin_layout Standard
13116 \begin_layout Standard
13129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13138 \begin_layout Standard
13139 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
13140 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
13141 and use a closing quote at the end.
13143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13151 The keyboard character,
13155 , generates this automatically.
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 You can change the behavior of the
13163 key using the submenu
13169 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13176 \begin_layout Standard
13177 Document ! Settings
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
13191 There are six choices:
13194 \begin_layout Labeling
13195 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13207 Use quotes like this
13208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13216 \begin_inset Quotes els
13220 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13226 \begin_layout Labeling
13227 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13230 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13234 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13240 \begin_inset Quotes sld
13244 \begin_inset Quotes srd
13248 \begin_inset Quotes ers
13254 \begin_layout Labeling
13255 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13258 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13262 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13268 \begin_inset Quotes gld
13272 \begin_inset Quotes grd
13276 \begin_inset Quotes gls
13280 \begin_inset Quotes grs
13286 \begin_layout Labeling
13287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13290 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13294 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13300 \begin_inset Quotes pld
13304 \begin_inset Quotes prd
13308 \begin_inset Quotes pls
13312 \begin_inset Quotes prs
13318 \begin_layout Labeling
13319 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13322 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13326 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13332 \begin_inset Quotes fld
13336 \begin_inset Quotes frd
13340 \begin_inset Quotes fls
13344 \begin_inset Quotes frs
13350 \begin_layout Labeling
13351 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13354 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13358 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13364 \begin_inset Quotes ald
13368 \begin_inset Quotes ard
13372 \begin_inset Quotes als
13376 \begin_inset Quotes ars
13382 \begin_layout Standard
13383 These settings affects what character the
13390 \begin_layout Subsection
13395 \begin_layout Standard
13396 Typography ! Ligatures
13405 \begin_layout Standard
13410 \begin_layout Standard
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13434 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13436 name "sub:Ligatures"
13443 \begin_layout Standard
13444 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
13445 print them as single characters.
13446 These groups are known as
13451 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
13453 Here are the standard ligatures:
13456 \begin_layout Itemize
13460 \begin_layout Itemize
13464 \begin_layout Itemize
13468 \begin_layout Itemize
13472 \begin_layout Itemize
13476 \begin_layout Standard
13477 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
13480 \begin_layout Standard
13481 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
13482 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
13483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13490 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
13491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13506 To break a ligature, use
13508 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13509 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13510 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
13515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13523 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13526 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13528 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13543 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
13545 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13551 \begin_layout Subsection
13556 \begin_layout Standard
13563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13565 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
13572 \begin_layout Standard
13573 You have surely noticed, that the word
13574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13581 appears always with characters in different size and height.
13582 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
13583 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
13584 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13591 \begin_layout Standard
13599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13603 \begin_inset Note Note
13606 \begin_layout Standard
13607 The braces in ERT are here to avoid that the
13608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13615 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
13616 To create proper names omit the ERT.
13621 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
13625 \begin_layout Description
13626 LyX The name of the game, write
13627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13634 \begin_layout Standard
13642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13648 \begin_layout Description
13649 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
13650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13657 \begin_layout Standard
13665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13671 \begin_layout Description
13672 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
13673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13680 \begin_layout Standard
13688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13694 \begin_layout Description
13695 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
13696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_layout Standard
13711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
13719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13723 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
13727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13731 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
13732 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
13733 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
13736 : The actual version is
13737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13744 , the previous one was
13745 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13755 \begin_layout Standard
13756 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
13757 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in ERT in the word.
13758 This will look in LyX like:
13759 \begin_inset Graphics
13760 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
13767 For more about ERT, look at section\InsetSpace ~
13769 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13771 reference "sec:ERT"
13778 \begin_layout Subsection
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
13794 space between two words.
13795 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
13798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13805 for units use the menu
13807 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13808 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 Here's an example to show the differences:
13823 \begin_layout Standard
13824 \begin_inset Tabular
13825 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
13827 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13828 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13830 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13833 \begin_layout Standard
13836 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13847 \begin_layout Standard
13848 space between number and unit
13855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 24\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
13861 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
13869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
13872 \begin_layout Standard
13873 half space between number and unit
13886 \begin_layout Subsection
13891 \begin_layout Standard
13892 Typography ! Widows and orphans
13898 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
13910 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
13911 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
13912 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
13913 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
13914 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
13915 These dangly-bits of text became known as
13926 \begin_layout Standard
13927 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
13928 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
13929 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
13930 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
13931 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
13932 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
13933 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
13936 \begin_layout Standard
13937 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
13938 or how you can tweak that behavior.
13939 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as\InsetSpace ~
13941 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13943 key "latexcompanion"
13949 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
13955 ] may have more information.
13956 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
13959 \begin_layout Chapter
13960 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
13961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13963 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
13970 \begin_layout Standard
13971 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
13976 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
13979 \begin_layout Section
13984 \begin_layout Standard
13991 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14000 \begin_layout Standard
14001 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14004 \begin_layout Description
14006 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
14009 \begin_inset Note Note
14012 \begin_layout Standard
14013 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
14021 \begin_layout Description
14022 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
14023 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
14025 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14026 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14027 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
14032 \begin_inset Note Comment
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
14044 \begin_layout Description
14045 Greyed\InsetSpace ~
14046 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
14051 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
14054 \begin_layout Standard
14059 \begin_layout Standard
14060 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
14061 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
14062 How this can be done is explained in the
14071 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
14080 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
14081 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
14084 \begin_layout Description
14085 Framed This note will appear in the output as framed text.
14087 \begin_inset Box Framed
14096 height_special "totalheight"
14099 \begin_layout Standard
14100 This is text in a note box that appears framed in the output.
14105 In contrary to framed boxes like the one in section\InsetSpace ~
14107 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14109 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
14113 , the frame uses always the whole text width and the note is set into its
14117 \begin_layout Description
14118 Shaded This note will appear in the output with red background color.
14119 \begin_inset Box Shaded
14128 height_special "totalheight"
14131 \begin_layout Standard
14132 This text in a note box appears in the output with red background.
14137 In contrary to colored boxes, the note uses always the whole text width
14138 and the note is set into its own paragraph.
14141 \begin_layout Standard
14142 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
14143 \begin_inset Graphics
14144 filename ../images/note-insert.png
14147 scaleBeforeRotation
14153 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14157 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
14160 \begin_layout Section
14165 \begin_layout Standard
14172 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14174 name "sec:Footnotes"
14181 \begin_layout Standard
14182 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
14185 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14188 or the toolbar button
14189 \begin_inset Graphics
14190 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
14204 \begin_inset Graphics
14205 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
14216 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
14226 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14234 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14245 label, the box will
14249 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
14250 Clicking on the box label again, will close
14263 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 Here's an example footnote:
14288 \begin_layout Standard
14289 To close a footnote, click on the red box at the top left.
14297 \begin_layout Standard
14298 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
14299 position where the footnote box is placed.
14300 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
14301 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
14302 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
14303 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
14304 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
14309 ey are described in the
14316 \begin_layout Section
14321 \begin_layout Standard
14328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14330 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
14337 \begin_layout Standard
14338 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
14339 When you insert a margin note via the menu
14341 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14342 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
14345 or the toolbar button
14346 \begin_inset Graphics
14347 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
14368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14375 appearing within your text.
14376 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
14385 \begin_layout Standard
14386 At the side is an example marginal note.
14390 \begin_inset Marginal
14393 \begin_layout Standard
14394 This is a marginal note.
14402 \begin_layout Standard
14403 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
14404 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
14405 pages, right on odd pages.
14408 \begin_layout Section
14409 Graphics and Images
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14423 \begin_layout Standard
14430 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14432 name "sec:Graphics"
14439 \begin_layout Standard
14440 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
14441 you want and click on the toolbar icon
14442 \begin_inset Graphics
14443 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
14450 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14454 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
14457 \begin_layout Standard
14458 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
14463 tab allows you to choose your image file.
14464 The appearance of the image inside LyX and in the output is adjusted separately.
14465 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
14467 The scaling units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
14469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14471 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
14478 \begin_layout Standard
14483 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
14484 of the image in the output.
14485 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
14497 bounding\InsetSpace ~
14500 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
14501 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
14509 \begin_layout Standard
14510 LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options in the
14515 You can also set the
14519 option here if the image is inside a figure float.
14520 This option is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14522 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14524 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14534 effects that the image don't appear in the output, only a frame with the
14535 image size is printed.
14538 \begin_layout Standard
14539 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by right-clicking on an image.
14540 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
14542 This is an example image in the PDF format within a separate, horizontally
14543 centered paragraph:
14546 \begin_layout Standard
14548 \begin_inset Graphics
14549 filename clipart/mobius.eps
14553 rotateOrigin center
14560 \begin_layout Standard
14561 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
14562 the image into a float, see section\InsetSpace ~
14564 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14566 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
14573 \begin_layout Subsection
14578 \begin_layout Standard
14585 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14587 name "sub:Image-Formats"
14594 \begin_layout Standard
14595 You can insert images in any known file format.
14596 But as we explained in section\InsetSpace ~
14598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14600 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14604 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
14605 LyX uses therefore the program
14609 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
14610 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
14611 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section\InsetSpace ~
14613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14615 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
14622 \begin_layout Standard
14623 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
14626 \begin_layout Description
14627 Bitmap\InsetSpace ~
14628 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
14629 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
14630 Well-known bitmap image formats are
14631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14634 Graphics Interchange Format
14635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14638 (GIF, file extension
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_layout Standard
14659 \begin_layout Standard
14670 \begin_layout Standard
14683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14686 Portable Network Graphics
14687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14690 (PNG, file extension
14691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14706 \begin_layout Standard
14711 \begin_layout Standard
14722 \begin_layout Standard
14735 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14738 Joint Photographic Experts Group
14739 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14742 (JPG, file extension
14743 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14763 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14770 \begin_layout Standard
14775 \begin_layout Standard
14786 \begin_layout Standard
14801 \begin_layout Description
14802 Scalable\InsetSpace ~
14803 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size
14805 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
14806 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
14807 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
14810 calable image formats can be
14811 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14814 Scalable Vector Graphics
14815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14818 (SVG, file extension
14819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14834 \begin_layout Standard
14839 \begin_layout Standard
14850 \begin_layout Standard
14863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14866 Encapsulated PostScript
14867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14870 (EPS, file extension
14871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14879 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14886 \begin_layout Standard
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14902 \begin_layout Standard
14915 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14918 Portable Document Format
14919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14922 (PDF, file extension
14923 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14938 \begin_layout Standard
14945 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
14946 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
14947 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
14966 \begin_layout Section
14971 \begin_layout Standard
14978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14987 \begin_layout Standard
14988 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
14989 \begin_inset Graphics
14990 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
14998 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15002 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
15003 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
15004 from the rest of the table.
15005 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
15006 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
15008 Here's an example table:
15011 \begin_layout Standard
15013 \begin_inset Tabular
15014 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
15016 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15017 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15018 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15019 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15020 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15024 \begin_layout Standard
15030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15033 \begin_layout Standard
15048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15051 \begin_layout Standard
15057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15060 \begin_layout Standard
15067 <row topline="true">
15068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15089 \begin_layout Standard
15095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15107 \begin_layout Standard
15114 <row topline="true">
15115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15118 \begin_layout Standard
15133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15136 \begin_layout Standard
15142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15145 \begin_layout Standard
15155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15158 \begin_layout Standard
15165 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15169 \begin_layout Standard
15184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15187 \begin_layout Standard
15193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15196 \begin_layout Standard
15202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15205 \begin_layout Standard
15219 \begin_layout Subsection
15223 \begin_layout Standard
15224 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
15225 brings up the table dialog.
15226 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
15227 where the cursor is placed currently.
15228 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
15229 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
15230 done on all of your selection.
15233 \begin_layout Standard
15234 Additionally to the table dialog the
15239 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
15241 It is for example currently only possible to add\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15242 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
15243 delete lines via the table
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15253 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
15254 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
15255 current cell respectively.
15256 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
15258 A given width will allow the cell to have linebreaks and multiple paragraphs
15259 of text, see section\InsetSpace ~
15261 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15263 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
15270 \begin_layout Standard
15271 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
15277 This will merge the cells to
15281 cell, spread over more than one column.
15282 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
15283 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
15284 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
15285 in the last row without the upper border:
15288 \begin_layout Standard
15290 \begin_inset Tabular
15291 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
15292 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
15293 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
15294 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" leftline="true" width="0">
15295 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0in">
15296 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15297 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15301 \begin_layout Standard
15307 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15310 \begin_layout Standard
15316 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15319 \begin_layout Standard
15325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15328 \begin_layout Standard
15335 <row topline="true">
15336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15339 \begin_layout Standard
15354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15357 \begin_layout Standard
15363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15375 \begin_layout Standard
15382 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15386 \begin_layout Standard
15392 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15395 \begin_layout Standard
15401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15404 \begin_layout Standard
15410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15413 \begin_layout Standard
15427 \begin_layout Standard
15428 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
15429 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
15430 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
15431 explained in the tables section of the
15433 Extended\InsetSpace ~
15437 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
15438 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
15441 degrees counterclockwise.
15442 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
15445 \begin_layout Standard
15446 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15449 \begin_layout Standard
15454 Most DVI-viewers are
15458 able to display rotations.
15466 \begin_layout Standard
15471 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
15476 adds lines for all cell borders.
15479 \begin_layout Subsection
15484 \begin_layout Standard
15485 Tables ! Longtables
15494 \begin_layout Standard
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
15514 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
15515 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
15518 \begin_layout Description
15523 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15524 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
15525 except for the first page, if
15533 \begin_layout Description
15539 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
15540 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
15543 \begin_layout Description
15548 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15549 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
15550 except for the last page, if
15558 \begin_layout Description
15564 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
15565 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
15568 \begin_layout Standard
15569 You can also specify a row where the table is splitted.
15570 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
15571 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
15572 The others will then be defined as
15577 In this context, first means first in this order:
15579 Footer, Last\InsetSpace ~
15592 See the following longtable to see how it works:
15595 \begin_layout Standard
15597 \begin_inset Tabular
15598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
15599 <features islongtable="true">
15600 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="5cm">
15601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
15602 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
15603 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15604 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15610 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
15615 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15618 \begin_layout Standard
15624 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15627 \begin_layout Standard
15634 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfirsthead="true">
15635 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15638 \begin_layout Standard
15646 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15649 \begin_layout Standard
15655 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15658 \begin_layout Standard
15667 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15668 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15671 \begin_layout Standard
15679 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15688 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15691 \begin_layout Standard
15698 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endhead="true">
15699 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15702 \begin_layout Standard
15710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15713 \begin_layout Standard
15719 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15722 \begin_layout Standard
15731 <row topline="true" bottomline="true" endfoot="true">
15732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15735 \begin_layout Standard
15743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
15746 \begin_layout Standard
15752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15755 \begin_layout Standard
15762 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
15763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15766 \begin_layout Standard
15774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15777 \begin_layout Standard
15783 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15786 \begin_layout Standard
15793 <row bottomline="true">
15794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15797 \begin_layout Standard
15805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15808 \begin_layout Standard
15814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15817 \begin_layout Standard
15824 <row bottomline="true">
15825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15839 \begin_layout Standard
15845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15848 \begin_layout Standard
15855 <row bottomline="true">
15856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15859 \begin_layout Standard
15867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15870 \begin_layout Standard
15876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15879 \begin_layout Standard
15886 <row bottomline="true">
15887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15890 \begin_layout Standard
15898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15901 \begin_layout Standard
15907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15910 \begin_layout Standard
15917 <row bottomline="true">
15918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15921 \begin_layout Standard
15929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15932 \begin_layout Standard
15938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15941 \begin_layout Standard
15948 <row bottomline="true">
15949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15952 \begin_layout Standard
15960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15963 \begin_layout Standard
15969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
15972 \begin_layout Standard
15979 <row bottomline="true">
15980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
15983 \begin_layout Standard
15991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
15994 \begin_layout Standard
16000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16003 \begin_layout Standard
16010 <row bottomline="true">
16011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16014 \begin_layout Standard
16022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16025 \begin_layout Standard
16031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16034 \begin_layout Standard
16041 <row bottomline="true">
16042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16045 \begin_layout Standard
16053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16065 \begin_layout Standard
16072 <row bottomline="true">
16073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16076 \begin_layout Standard
16084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16087 \begin_layout Standard
16093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16096 \begin_layout Standard
16103 <row bottomline="true">
16104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16107 \begin_layout Standard
16115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16118 \begin_layout Standard
16124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16127 \begin_layout Standard
16134 <row bottomline="true">
16135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16138 \begin_layout Standard
16146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16149 \begin_layout Standard
16155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16158 \begin_layout Standard
16165 <row bottomline="true">
16166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16169 \begin_layout Standard
16177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16189 \begin_layout Standard
16196 <row bottomline="true">
16197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16200 \begin_layout Standard
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Standard
16217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16220 \begin_layout Standard
16227 <row bottomline="true">
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Standard
16239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16242 \begin_layout Standard
16248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16251 \begin_layout Standard
16258 <row bottomline="true">
16259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16262 \begin_layout Standard
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Standard
16279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16282 \begin_layout Standard
16289 <row bottomline="true">
16290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16293 \begin_layout Standard
16301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16304 \begin_layout Standard
16310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16313 \begin_layout Standard
16320 <row bottomline="true">
16321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16324 \begin_layout Standard
16332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16335 \begin_layout Standard
16341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16344 \begin_layout Standard
16351 <row bottomline="true">
16352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16355 \begin_layout Standard
16363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16366 \begin_layout Standard
16372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16375 \begin_layout Standard
16382 <row bottomline="true">
16383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16386 \begin_layout Standard
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Standard
16413 <row bottomline="true">
16414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16417 \begin_layout Standard
16425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16428 \begin_layout Standard
16434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16437 \begin_layout Standard
16444 <row bottomline="true">
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Standard
16456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Standard
16475 <row bottomline="true">
16476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Standard
16487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16490 \begin_layout Standard
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Standard
16506 <row bottomline="true">
16507 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16510 \begin_layout Standard
16518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16521 \begin_layout Standard
16527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16530 \begin_layout Standard
16537 <row bottomline="true">
16538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16541 \begin_layout Standard
16549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16552 \begin_layout Standard
16558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16561 \begin_layout Standard
16568 <row bottomline="true">
16569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16572 \begin_layout Standard
16580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16583 \begin_layout Standard
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Standard
16599 <row bottomline="true">
16600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16603 \begin_layout Standard
16611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16614 \begin_layout Standard
16620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16623 \begin_layout Standard
16630 <row bottomline="true">
16631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16634 \begin_layout Standard
16642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16645 \begin_layout Standard
16651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16654 \begin_layout Standard
16661 <row bottomline="true">
16662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16676 \begin_layout Standard
16682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16685 \begin_layout Standard
16692 <row bottomline="true">
16693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16696 \begin_layout Standard
16704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16707 \begin_layout Standard
16713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16716 \begin_layout Standard
16723 <row bottomline="true">
16724 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16727 \begin_layout Standard
16733 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16736 \begin_layout Standard
16742 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16745 \begin_layout Standard
16752 <row bottomline="true">
16753 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16756 \begin_layout Standard
16764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16776 \begin_layout Standard
16783 <row bottomline="true">
16784 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16787 \begin_layout Standard
16795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16798 \begin_layout Standard
16804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16807 \begin_layout Standard
16814 <row bottomline="true">
16815 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16818 \begin_layout Standard
16826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16829 \begin_layout Standard
16835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16838 \begin_layout Standard
16845 <row bottomline="true">
16846 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16849 \begin_layout Standard
16857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16860 \begin_layout Standard
16866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16869 \begin_layout Standard
16876 <row bottomline="true">
16877 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16880 \begin_layout Standard
16888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16891 \begin_layout Standard
16897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16900 \begin_layout Standard
16907 <row bottomline="true">
16908 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16911 \begin_layout Standard
16919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16922 \begin_layout Standard
16928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16931 \begin_layout Standard
16938 <row bottomline="true">
16939 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16942 \begin_layout Standard
16950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16953 \begin_layout Standard
16959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16962 \begin_layout Standard
16969 <row bottomline="true">
16970 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16973 \begin_layout Standard
16981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
16984 \begin_layout Standard
16990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16993 \begin_layout Standard
17000 <row bottomline="true">
17001 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17004 \begin_layout Standard
17012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17015 \begin_layout Standard
17021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17024 \begin_layout Standard
17031 <row bottomline="true">
17032 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17035 \begin_layout Standard
17043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17046 \begin_layout Standard
17052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17055 \begin_layout Standard
17062 <row bottomline="true">
17063 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17066 \begin_layout Standard
17074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17077 \begin_layout Standard
17083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17086 \begin_layout Standard
17093 <row bottomline="true">
17094 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17097 \begin_layout Standard
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Standard
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Standard
17124 <row bottomline="true">
17125 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17128 \begin_layout Standard
17136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17139 \begin_layout Standard
17145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17148 \begin_layout Standard
17155 <row bottomline="true">
17156 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17159 \begin_layout Standard
17167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17170 \begin_layout Standard
17176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17179 \begin_layout Standard
17186 <row bottomline="true">
17187 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17190 \begin_layout Standard
17198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17201 \begin_layout Standard
17207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17210 \begin_layout Standard
17217 <row bottomline="true">
17218 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17221 \begin_layout Standard
17229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17232 \begin_layout Standard
17238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17241 \begin_layout Standard
17248 <row bottomline="true">
17249 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17252 \begin_layout Standard
17260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17263 \begin_layout Standard
17269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17272 \begin_layout Standard
17279 <row bottomline="true">
17280 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17283 \begin_layout Standard
17291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17294 \begin_layout Standard
17300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17303 \begin_layout Standard
17310 <row bottomline="true">
17311 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17314 \begin_layout Standard
17322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17325 \begin_layout Standard
17331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17334 \begin_layout Standard
17341 <row bottomline="true">
17342 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17345 \begin_layout Standard
17353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17356 \begin_layout Standard
17362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17365 \begin_layout Standard
17372 <row bottomline="true">
17373 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17376 \begin_layout Standard
17384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17387 \begin_layout Standard
17393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17396 \begin_layout Standard
17403 <row bottomline="true">
17404 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17407 \begin_layout Standard
17415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17418 \begin_layout Standard
17424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17427 \begin_layout Standard
17434 <row bottomline="true">
17435 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17438 \begin_layout Standard
17446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17449 \begin_layout Standard
17455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17458 \begin_layout Standard
17465 <row bottomline="true">
17466 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17469 \begin_layout Standard
17477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17480 \begin_layout Standard
17486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17489 \begin_layout Standard
17496 <row bottomline="true">
17497 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17500 \begin_layout Standard
17508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17511 \begin_layout Standard
17517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17520 \begin_layout Standard
17527 <row bottomline="true">
17528 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17531 \begin_layout Standard
17539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17542 \begin_layout Standard
17548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17551 \begin_layout Standard
17558 <row bottomline="true">
17559 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17562 \begin_layout Standard
17570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17573 \begin_layout Standard
17579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17582 \begin_layout Standard
17589 <row bottomline="true">
17590 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17593 \begin_layout Standard
17601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17604 \begin_layout Standard
17610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17613 \begin_layout Standard
17620 <row bottomline="true">
17621 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17624 \begin_layout Standard
17632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17635 \begin_layout Standard
17641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17644 \begin_layout Standard
17651 <row bottomline="true">
17652 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17655 \begin_layout Standard
17663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17666 \begin_layout Standard
17672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17675 \begin_layout Standard
17682 <row bottomline="true">
17683 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17686 \begin_layout Standard
17694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17697 \begin_layout Standard
17703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17706 \begin_layout Standard
17713 <row bottomline="true" endlastfoot="true">
17714 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17717 \begin_layout Standard
17725 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17728 \begin_layout Standard
17734 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17737 \begin_layout Standard
17751 \begin_layout Subsection
17756 \begin_layout Standard
17763 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17765 name "sub:Table-Cells"
17772 \begin_layout Standard
17773 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
17774 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
17775 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
17776 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
17780 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
17781 for the cell's paragraph.
17784 \begin_layout Standard
17785 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
17786 for the column in the table dialog.
17787 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
17788 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
17792 \begin_layout Standard
17794 \begin_inset Tabular
17795 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
17797 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
17798 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="3cm">
17799 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
17800 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Standard
17819 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Standard
17837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Standard
17857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Standard
17875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17878 \begin_layout Standard
17888 This is a multiline entry in a table.
17893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17896 \begin_layout Standard
17912 <row bottomline="true">
17913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17916 \begin_layout Standard
17931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17934 \begin_layout Standard
17944 This is longer now.
17949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17952 \begin_layout Standard
17968 <row bottomline="true">
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Standard
17987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17990 \begin_layout Standard
18000 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18001 This is longer now.
18006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18009 \begin_layout Standard
18032 \begin_layout Standard
18033 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
18034 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
18035 Selection with the mouse or with
18039 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
18040 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
18041 the selection from outside the table.
18044 \begin_layout Section
18049 \begin_layout Standard
18056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18065 \begin_layout Standard
18066 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
18067 have a fixed location.
18069 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18073 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18076 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
18083 Margin\InsetSpace ~
18086 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
18087 too much notes at the page.
18090 \begin_layout Standard
18091 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
18092 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
18093 and pages without text.
18094 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
18095 , every float can be referenced in the text.
18096 Floats are therefore numbered.
18097 Referencing is described in section\InsetSpace ~
18099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18101 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18108 \begin_layout Standard
18109 To insert a float, use the menu
18111 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18115 A box with a caption that has e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
18118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18121 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18123 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18126 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
18127 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
18129 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
18133 \begin_layout Standard
18139 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
18140 paragraph within the float.
18141 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
18142 by left-clicking on the box label.
18143 A closed float box looks like this:
18144 \begin_inset Graphics
18145 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
18151 -- a gray button with a red label.
18154 \begin_layout Standard
18155 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
18156 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
18159 \begin_layout Subsection
18163 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18168 \begin_layout Standard
18169 Floats ! Figure floats
18175 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18177 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
18184 \begin_layout Standard
18187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18188 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18191 inserts a float with the label
18192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18197 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18205 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
18206 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
18207 This is what we did for Figure\InsetSpace ~
18209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18211 reference "cap:Platypus"
18216 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
18217 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
18218 This was done in Figure\InsetSpace ~
18220 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18222 reference "cap:Escher"
18229 \begin_layout Standard
18230 \begin_inset Float figure
18235 \begin_layout Standard
18237 \begin_inset Graphics
18238 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18242 rotateOrigin center
18249 \begin_layout Standard
18250 \begin_inset Caption
18252 \begin_layout Standard
18253 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18255 name "cap:Platypus"
18259 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
18272 \begin_layout Standard
18273 \begin_inset Float figure
18278 \begin_layout Standard
18279 \begin_inset Caption
18281 \begin_layout Standard
18282 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18297 \begin_layout Standard
18299 \begin_inset Graphics
18300 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18304 rotateOrigin center
18316 \begin_layout Standard
18317 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
18319 As described in section\InsetSpace ~
18321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18323 reference "sec:Cross-References"
18327 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
18329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18332 and refer to it using the menu
18334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18338 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
18340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18347 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
18349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18359 \begin_layout Standard
18360 Normally one inserts only one image to a figure float, but sometimes you
18361 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
18362 This can be done in the graphics dialog: Right-click on an image and go
18368 in the appearing dialog, use the option
18372 , and enter the subcaption for the image in the now enabled caption field.
18373 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18375 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18377 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18381 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
18382 You can also set the images one below the other.
18385 \begin_layout Standard
18386 \begin_inset Float figure
18391 \begin_layout Standard
18395 \begin_inset Graphics
18396 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
18400 subcaptionText "Undefinable structure"
18407 \begin_inset Graphics
18408 filename clipart/platypus.eps
18413 subcaptionText "Platypus"
18422 \begin_layout Standard
18423 \begin_inset Caption
18425 \begin_layout Standard
18426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18428 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
18432 Two distorted images.
18445 \begin_layout Standard
18446 Note that the caption is added to the
18452 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
18454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18456 reference "sec:ListsOf"
18463 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18468 \begin_layout Standard
18469 Floats ! Table floats
18475 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18477 name "sec:Table-Floats"
18484 \begin_layout Standard
18485 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
18487 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18488 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18492 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
18496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18498 reference "cap:Table-float"
18502 is an example of a table float.
18505 \begin_layout Standard
18506 \begin_inset Float table
18511 \begin_layout Standard
18512 \begin_inset Caption
18514 \begin_layout Standard
18515 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18517 name "cap:Table-float"
18529 \begin_layout Standard
18531 \begin_inset Tabular
18532 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
18534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
18536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
18537 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18541 \begin_layout Standard
18556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18559 \begin_layout Standard
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Standard
18593 <row topline="true">
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Standard
18612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18615 \begin_layout Standard
18630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18633 \begin_layout Standard
18649 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
18650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18653 \begin_layout Standard
18663 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
18671 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Standard
18684 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
18686 c & d\end{array}\right]$
18694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18697 \begin_layout Standard
18707 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
18728 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18733 \begin_layout Standard
18734 Floats ! Algorithm floats
18742 \begin_layout Standard
18743 This float type is inserted with the menu
18745 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18746 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18750 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
18751 A possible environment for algorithms is the
18755 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
18757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18759 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
18766 \begin_layout Standard
18767 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18770 \begin_layout Standard
18775 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
18781 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
18784 \begin_layout Standard
18789 floatname{algorithm}{your\InsetSpace ~
18793 \begin_layout Standard
18794 to the document preamble (menu
18796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18806 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18820 \begin_layout Subsubsection
18825 \begin_layout Standard
18826 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
18832 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18834 name "sec:floatflt"
18841 \begin_layout Standard
18842 This float type is used if you want to
18843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
18847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
18850 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
18852 It can be inserted using the menu
18853 \begin_inset Wrap figure
18860 \begin_layout Standard
18861 \begin_inset Graphics
18862 filename clipart/mobius.eps
18866 rotateOrigin center
18873 \begin_layout Standard
18874 \begin_inset Caption
18876 \begin_layout Standard
18877 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18879 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18883 This is a wrapped figure, and this is the brilliant caption that describes
18885 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
18900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18901 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
18906 if the LaTeX-package
18914 \begin_layout Standard
18915 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
18924 \begin_layout Standard
18925 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
18935 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
18937 Figure\InsetSpace ~
18939 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18941 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
18945 is an example Text\InsetSpace ~
18946 wrap float with a width of 40
18947 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
18954 \begin_layout Standard
18955 Available units are explained in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
18957 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
18959 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
18968 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
18972 \begin_layout Standard
18977 also supports table wrap floats, but they are not yet supported by LyX.
18978 If you need this, read the documentation of
18983 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
18992 \begin_layout Standard
18993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
18996 \begin_layout Standard
19002 wrap float floats might be fragile! E.g.
19003 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
19004 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
19005 over some other text.
19009 \begin_layout Standard
19010 The better solution is to use the LaTeX-package
19018 \begin_layout Standard
19019 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
19028 but it is currently not supported by LyX.
19041 \begin_layout Itemize
19042 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
19043 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
19044 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
19045 breaks will appear.
19048 \begin_layout Itemize
19049 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
19050 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
19053 \begin_layout Itemize
19054 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
19055 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
19058 \begin_layout Itemize
19059 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
19062 \begin_layout Subsection
19064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19066 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19074 \begin_layout Standard
19083 \begin_layout Standard
19084 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
19085 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
19088 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19094 \begin_layout Standard
19095 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, when you have
19096 a two-column document).
19097 They are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
19098 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
19105 \begin_layout Standard
19106 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
19107 format is also the same: Table\InsetSpace ~
19109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19111 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
19115 is an example of a rotated table float.
19118 \begin_layout Standard
19119 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19122 \begin_layout Standard
19127 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
19135 \begin_layout Standard
19136 \begin_inset Float table
19141 \begin_layout Standard
19142 \begin_inset Caption
19144 \begin_layout Standard
19145 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19147 name "cap:Rotated-table"
19159 \begin_layout Standard
19161 \begin_inset Tabular
19162 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
19164 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19165 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19166 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
19168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
19169 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
19170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Standard
19179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19182 \begin_layout Standard
19188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19191 \begin_layout Standard
19197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19200 \begin_layout Standard
19206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19209 \begin_layout Standard
19228 \begin_layout Subsection
19230 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19232 name "sub:Float-Placement"
19240 \begin_layout Standard
19249 \begin_layout Standard
19250 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
19251 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
19258 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
19259 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
19264 Rotate\InsetSpace ~
19267 is used to rotate floats, see section\InsetSpace ~
19269 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19271 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
19278 \begin_layout Standard
19279 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
19280 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
19283 default\InsetSpace ~
19289 \begin_layout Description
19292 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
19295 \begin_layout Description
19298 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
19301 \begin_layout Description
19302 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19304 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
19307 \begin_layout Description
19310 floats: try to place the float on an own page
19313 \begin_layout Standard
19314 The order of the above option is
19319 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
19332 , and then the others.
19333 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
19335 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
19336 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
19339 \begin_layout Standard
19340 By default, each options has its own rules:
19343 \begin_layout Standard
19350 only floats occupying less than 70\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19351 % of the page can be placed at the top
19355 \begin_layout Standard
19358 Bottom\InsetSpace ~
19362 : only floats occupying less than 30\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19363 % of the page can be placed at the bottom
19367 \begin_layout Standard
19374 : only if more than 50\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
19375 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats
19376 can be set together on a page.
19379 \begin_layout Standard
19380 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
19383 Ignore\InsetSpace ~
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19391 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
19392 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
19393 For this case you can use the option
19399 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
19401 Because the float is then no longer able to
19402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19409 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
19412 \begin_layout Standard
19413 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
19414 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
19417 \begin_layout Standard
19418 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
19420 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
19422 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
19429 \begin_layout Section
19434 \begin_layout Standard
19441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19443 name "sec:Minipages"
19450 \begin_layout Standard
19451 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
19453 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.\InsetSpace ~
19458 \begin_layout Standard
19459 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
19461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19465 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
19466 and its alignment within the page.
19469 \begin_layout Standard
19471 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19480 height_special "totalheight"
19483 \begin_layout Standard
19486 This is a minipage.
19487 The text is set in an italic style.
19490 \begin_layout Standard
19493 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
19494 another formatting.
19502 \begin_layout Standard
19503 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19506 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
19510 as described in section\InsetSpace ~
19512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19514 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
19519 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
19525 \begin_layout Standard
19526 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19535 height_special "totalheight"
19538 \begin_layout Standard
19539 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19540 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19548 \begin_inset Box Frameless
19557 height_special "totalheight"
19560 \begin_layout Standard
19561 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
19562 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
19570 \begin_layout Standard
19571 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
19577 \begin_layout Standard
19578 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
19579 to other box types.
19580 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
19591 \begin_layout Chapter
19592 Mathematical Formulas
19596 \begin_layout Standard
19606 \begin_layout Standard
19611 \begin_layout Standard
19622 \begin_layout Standard
19635 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19637 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
19644 \begin_layout Section
19649 \begin_layout Standard
19658 \begin_layout Standard
19659 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
19660 \begin_inset Graphics
19661 filename ../images/math-mode.png
19667 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
19669 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
19670 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
19671 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
19673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19679 \begin_layout Standard
19680 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
19686 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
19689 \begin_layout Standard
19690 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
19691 line, like this one:
19694 \begin_layout Standard
19695 This is a line with an inline formula
19696 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
19702 \begin_layout Standard
19703 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
19705 \begin_inset Formula \[
19710 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
19713 \begin_layout Standard
19714 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
19717 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19730 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
19731 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
19735 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
19743 \begin_layout Subsection
19744 Navigating in Formulas
19748 \begin_layout Standard
19757 \begin_layout Standard
19758 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
19759 achieved with the arrow keys.
19760 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
19761 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
19766 will leave a formula construct (a square root
19767 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
19771 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
19775 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19777 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
19785 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
19790 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
19791 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
19794 \begin_layout Standard
19799 , printed in this document as
19800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19807 \begin_layout Standard
19817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19821 \begin_inset Note Note
19824 \begin_layout Standard
19825 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
19826 space character (visible space).
19831 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
19832 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
19833 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
19838 For example, if you want
19839 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
19850 \begin_layout Standard
19869 \begin_layout Standard
19882 \begin_layout Standard
19893 , since in the latter case only the
19896 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
19901 will be under the square root sign:
19902 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
19908 \begin_layout Standard
19909 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
19911 \begin_inset Formula \[
19912 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
19915 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
19919 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
19920 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
19923 \begin_layout Subsection
19927 \begin_layout Standard
19928 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
19929 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
19933 and a cursor movement key to select text.
19934 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
19935 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
19936 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
19937 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
19940 \begin_layout Subsection
19941 Exponents and Subscripts
19945 \begin_layout Standard
19955 \begin_layout Standard
19964 \begin_layout Standard
19965 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
19966 way is to use a command.
19968 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
19971 , type in a formula
19977 \begin_layout Standard
19993 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
19999 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
20003 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
20012 \begin_layout Standard
20024 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
20026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20033 , you have to use an extra
20037 to separate the hat and the character.
20040 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
20049 \begin_layout Standard
20061 Subscripts are similar: To get
20062 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
20071 \begin_layout Standard
20085 \begin_layout Subsection
20090 \begin_layout Standard
20099 \begin_layout Standard
20100 Create a fraction with either the command
20107 \begin_inset Graphics
20108 filename ../images/math/frac.png
20120 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
20121 The cursor is above the fraction line.
20122 To move it to the bottom, simply press
20127 To move back up, press
20132 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
20133 \begin_inset Formula \[
20134 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
20136 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
20143 \begin_layout Subsection
20148 \begin_layout Standard
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 Roots can be created using the
20164 \begin_inset Graphics
20165 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
20189 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
20195 produces always a square root.
20198 \begin_layout Subsection
20199 Operators with Limits
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20213 \begin_layout Standard
20220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20222 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20229 \begin_layout Standard
20231 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
20235 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
20238 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
20239 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
20240 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
20241 The sum operator will automatically place its
20242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20249 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
20252 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
20256 \begin_inset Formula \[
20257 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
20261 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
20265 \begin_layout Standard
20266 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
20268 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
20269 behind the operator and hitting
20275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20276 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20277 Change\InsetSpace ~
20278 Limits\InsetSpace ~
20284 \begin_layout Standard
20285 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
20286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20293 feature as addition, such as
20297 \begin_layout Standard
20304 \begin_inset Formula \[
20305 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
20309 which will place the
20310 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
20314 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20322 In inline formulas it looks like this:
20323 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
20329 \begin_layout Standard
20330 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
20337 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
20339 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20341 reference "sub:Functions"
20345 for an explanation of function macros.
20348 \begin_layout Subsection
20353 \begin_layout Standard
20362 \begin_layout Standard
20363 Most math symbols can be found in the
20368 under one of several categories; including
20385 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
20389 \begin_layout Standard
20390 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
20391 you don't have to use the
20396 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
20397 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
20400 \begin_layout Subsection
20405 \begin_layout Standard
20412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20414 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
20421 \begin_layout Standard
20422 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
20434 \begin_inset Graphics
20435 filename ../images/math/space.png
20441 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
20442 Here a example for the sequence
20447 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
20451 \begin_inset Graphics
20452 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
20458 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
20459 the space marker and hit space again several times.
20460 With every space hit the size will be changed.
20461 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
20466 \begin_layout Standard
20476 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
20482 \begin_layout Standard
20492 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
20498 \begin_layout Subsection
20503 \begin_layout Standard
20510 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20512 name "sub:Functions"
20519 \begin_layout Standard
20525 contains under the button
20526 \begin_inset Graphics
20527 filename ../images/math/functions.png
20532 a number of functions, such as
20533 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
20537 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
20545 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
20552 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
20553 avoid confusions, because
20554 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
20558 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
20564 \begin_layout Standard
20565 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
20567 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
20571 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
20577 \begin_layout Standard
20578 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
20579 that subscripts are placed, like described in section\InsetSpace ~
20581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20583 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
20590 \begin_layout Subsection
20595 \begin_layout Standard
20604 \begin_layout Standard
20605 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
20607 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
20608 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
20610 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20613 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
20614 Our example is entered by typing
20622 \begin_layout Standard
20636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20638 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
20642 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
20645 \begin_layout Standard
20646 \begin_inset Float table
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20652 \begin_inset Caption
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20657 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
20661 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
20669 \begin_layout Standard
20671 \begin_inset Tabular
20672 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
20674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
20676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
20677 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
20678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20681 \begin_layout Standard
20687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20690 \begin_layout Standard
20696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20699 \begin_layout Standard
20715 <row topline="true">
20716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20737 \begin_layout Standard
20747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20750 \begin_layout Standard
20760 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
20769 <row topline="true">
20770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20773 \begin_layout Standard
20788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20791 \begin_layout Standard
20801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20804 \begin_layout Standard
20814 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
20823 <row topline="true">
20824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20827 \begin_layout Standard
20842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20845 \begin_layout Standard
20855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20858 \begin_layout Standard
20868 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
20877 <row topline="true">
20878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20881 \begin_layout Standard
20896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20899 \begin_layout Standard
20909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20912 \begin_layout Standard
20922 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
20931 <row topline="true">
20932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20935 \begin_layout Standard
20950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20953 \begin_layout Standard
20963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20966 \begin_layout Standard
20976 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
20985 <row topline="true">
20986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20989 \begin_layout Standard
21004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21007 \begin_layout Standard
21017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21020 \begin_layout Standard
21030 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
21039 <row topline="true">
21040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21043 \begin_layout Standard
21058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21074 \begin_layout Standard
21084 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
21093 <row topline="true">
21094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21115 \begin_layout Standard
21125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21128 \begin_layout Standard
21138 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
21147 <row topline="true">
21148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21151 \begin_layout Standard
21166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21169 \begin_layout Standard
21179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21182 \begin_layout Standard
21192 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
21201 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
21202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21205 \begin_layout Standard
21211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21227 \begin_layout Standard
21237 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
21258 \begin_layout Standard
21259 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
21265 \begin_inset Graphics
21266 filename ../images/math/hat.png
21271 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
21275 \begin_layout Section
21276 Brackets and Delimiters
21280 \begin_layout Standard
21290 \begin_layout Standard
21297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21299 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21306 \begin_layout Standard
21307 There are several brackets available through LyX.
21308 For most purposes, using just the keys
21313 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
21314 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
21320 \begin_inset Graphics
21321 filename ../images/math/delim.png
21327 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
21329 \begin_inset Formula \[
21330 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
21332 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
21336 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
21337 \begin_inset Formula \[
21338 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
21345 \begin_layout Standard
21346 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
21347 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
21350 \begin_layout Standard
21351 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
21352 left side and right side.
21353 If you use the option
21358 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
21359 The selection will be shown below the button field.
21360 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
21361 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
21364 \begin_layout Standard
21365 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
21366 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
21367 inside the brackets.
21368 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
21373 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
21376 \begin_layout Standard
21377 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
21378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21388 \begin_layout Section
21393 \begin_layout Standard
21400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21402 name "sec:Grouping"
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21410 You may need to group a set of symbols.
21411 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
21422 \begin_layout Standard
21423 \begin_inset Formula \[
21424 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
21431 \begin_layout Standard
21432 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
21433 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21447 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
21448 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
21449 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
21452 \begin_layout Section
21453 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
21457 \begin_layout Standard
21467 \begin_layout Standard
21477 \begin_layout Standard
21478 Math ! Multi-line Equations
21486 \begin_layout Standard
21487 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
21493 \begin_inset Graphics
21494 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
21500 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
21501 Here is an example:
21502 \begin_inset Formula \[
21503 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21506 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
21510 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section\InsetSpace ~
21512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21514 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
21519 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
21520 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
21521 This alignment is set in the box
21526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21546 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21574 for every column as default.
21575 For example, the sequence
21576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21587 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
21588 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
21589 corresponds to the relevant column.
21590 The result will look like this:
21591 \begin_inset Formula \[
21593 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
21594 column & has & has\, right\\
21595 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
21602 \begin_layout Standard
21603 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
21607 while the cursor is in the matrix.
21608 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
21610 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21616 \begin_layout Standard
21617 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
21618 It can be created with the menu
21620 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21621 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21633 \begin_inset Formula \[
21637 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
21644 \begin_layout Standard
21645 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21648 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
21656 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
21665 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
21666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21673 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
21674 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
21675 A new row is created by every further hit of
21683 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
21684 Here is an example:
21685 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21686 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
21687 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
21691 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
21692 where you want to start the shift and hit
21697 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
21698 position to the next column.
21699 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
21700 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
21701 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
21702 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
21709 \begin_layout Standard
21710 The multi-line formula type described here is called
21717 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
21718 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
21719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21721 reference "eq:asquared"
21726 The other types are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21730 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
21737 \begin_layout Section
21738 Formula Numbering and Referencing
21742 \begin_layout Standard
21743 Math ! Formula numbering
21752 \begin_layout Standard
21753 Math ! Referencing formulas
21759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21761 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
21768 \begin_layout Standard
21769 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
21771 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21772 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21773 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21782 The formula number appears in LyX as
21783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21790 within parentheses.
21792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21799 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
21801 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
21802 the document class.
21803 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
21804 separated by a dot:
21805 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
21806 1+1=2\end{equation}
21815 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
21816 You can only number displayed formulas.
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
21822 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21823 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21824 Toggle\InsetSpace ~
21825 Numbering\InsetSpace ~
21834 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
21835 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21837 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
21838 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
21842 To number all lines use the shortcut
21850 \begin_layout Standard
21851 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21854 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
21855 A label is inserted with the menu
21857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21860 when the cursor is in the formula.
21861 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
21862 It is recommended to use the proposed
21863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21871 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21874 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
21875 type when you have many labels in your document.
21876 We inserted in the following example the label
21877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21884 in the second line:
21885 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
21886 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
21887 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
21891 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
21892 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
21894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21902 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
21904 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21909 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
21910 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
21911 as the formula number:
21914 \begin_layout Standard
21915 This is a cross-reference to equation (
21916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21918 reference "eq:tanhExp"
21925 \begin_layout Standard
21926 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section\InsetSpace ~
21928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21930 reference "sec:Cross-References"
21935 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
21938 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21941 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
21945 \begin_layout Standard
21946 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
21954 \begin_layout Section
21955 User defined math macros
21959 \begin_layout Standard
21966 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21968 name "sec:math-macros"
21975 \begin_layout Standard
21976 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
21977 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
21978 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
21981 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
21982 \begin_inset Formula \[
21983 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
21987 The general form of its solution is:
21988 \begin_inset Formula \[
21989 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
21996 \begin_layout Standard
21997 The macro should print the parameters
21998 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
22002 \begin_inset Formula $p$
22006 \begin_inset Formula $q$
22009 like in the equation above.
22012 \begin_layout Standard
22013 A macro is created by executing the command
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22023 \begin_layout Standard
22036 \begin_layout Standard
22045 Number\InsetSpace ~
22050 \begin_layout Standard
22051 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
22052 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
22053 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
22054 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
22058 \begin_layout Standard
22059 We have three arguments and name the macro
22060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22067 , so that the command is:
22070 \begin_layout Standard
22077 \begin_layout Standard
22090 \begin_layout Standard
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 This results in the following macro definition box:
22104 \begin_inset Graphics
22105 filename clipart/macrobox.png
22111 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
22112 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22113 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
22117 \begin_inset Note Note
22120 \begin_layout Standard
22121 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
22122 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
22130 \begin_layout Standard
22131 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
22132 the math panel or commands.
22133 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
22134 followed by the argument number, e.g.
22136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22142 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22145 for the first argument.
22146 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
22147 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
22148 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
22149 in LyX with its full size.
22150 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
22151 In our example we insert the sequence
22181 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
22184 \begin_layout Standard
22185 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
22186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22200 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
22203 \begin_layout Standard
22205 \begin_inset Graphics
22206 filename clipart/macrouse.png
22214 \begin_layout Standard
22215 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
22216 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
22217 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
22218 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
22219 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
22222 \begin_layout Standard
22223 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
22224 to the new definition.
22225 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
22226 \begin_inset Formula $x$
22230 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
22234 \begin_inset Formula $B$
22238 \begin_inset Formula \[
22246 \begin_layout Standard
22247 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
22251 \begin_layout Standard
22270 \begin_layout Standard
22285 \begin_layout Standard
22296 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
22299 \begin_layout Standard
22300 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
22301 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
22302 definition box in your document.
22303 There are also some other restrictions: The command
22305 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
22307 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
22312 \begin_layout Section
22316 \begin_layout Subsection
22321 \begin_layout Standard
22330 \begin_layout Standard
22331 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
22332 To set a font in a formula, use the
22338 \begin_inset Graphics
22339 filename ../images/math/font.png
22344 , or enter its command, listed in table\InsetSpace ~
22346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22348 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22355 \begin_layout Standard
22356 \begin_inset Float table
22361 \begin_layout Standard
22362 \begin_inset Caption
22364 \begin_layout Standard
22365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22367 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
22371 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
22379 \begin_layout Standard
22381 \begin_inset Tabular
22382 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
22384 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22385 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" width="0pt">
22386 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22390 \begin_layout Standard
22396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22399 \begin_layout Standard
22406 <row topline="true">
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Standard
22417 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
22425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22428 \begin_layout Standard
22439 <row topline="true">
22440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22443 \begin_layout Standard
22444 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
22452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22455 \begin_layout Standard
22466 <row topline="true">
22467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22470 \begin_layout Standard
22471 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
22479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22482 \begin_layout Standard
22493 <row topline="true">
22494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22497 \begin_layout Standard
22504 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
22512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22515 \begin_layout Standard
22526 <row topline="true">
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Standard
22531 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
22539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22542 \begin_layout Standard
22553 <row topline="true">
22554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22557 \begin_layout Standard
22558 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
22566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22569 \begin_layout Standard
22580 <row topline="true">
22581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22584 \begin_layout Standard
22592 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
22600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22603 \begin_layout Standard
22614 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
22615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22618 \begin_layout Standard
22619 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
22627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22630 \begin_layout Standard
22653 \begin_layout Standard
22654 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
22657 \begin_layout Standard
22662 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
22678 \begin_layout Standard
22679 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
22680 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
22685 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
22686 protected space when you need a space in the box.
22687 Here an example where a
22688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22699 denotes the set of numbers:
22700 \begin_inset Formula \[
22701 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
22720 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
22725 So better don't use this feature.
22728 \begin_layout Standard
22729 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
22730 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
22735 You can only print them emboldened using the command
22741 , which works like the other typeface commands:
22742 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22755 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
22758 \begin_layout Standard
22759 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
22761 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22762 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22769 \begin_layout Subsection
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22783 \begin_layout Standard
22784 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
22786 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
22789 Normal\InsetSpace ~
22799 \begin_inset Graphics
22800 filename ../images/math/font.png
22805 (alternatively the shortcut
22811 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
22812 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
22813 Here is an example:
22814 \begin_inset Formula \[
22816 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
22817 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
22824 \begin_layout Subsection
22829 \begin_layout Standard
22838 \begin_layout Standard
22839 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
22840 automatically chosen in most situations.
22858 For most characters,
22866 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
22867 and certain other structures, are set larger in
22872 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
22873 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
22874 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
22875 \begin_inset Graphics
22876 filename ../images/math/style.png
22882 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
22883 For example, you can set
22884 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
22887 , which is normally in
22896 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
22900 The four styles are used in the following example:
22903 \begin_layout Standard
22904 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
22908 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
22912 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
22916 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
22922 \begin_layout Standard
22923 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
22924 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
22926 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22930 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
22931 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
22932 will be adjusted to correspond.
22933 As example a formula in the font size
22934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22938 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22944 \begin_layout Standard
22948 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
22954 \begin_layout Section
22955 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22957 name "sec:Theorem-Environments"
22961 Theorem Environments
22964 \begin_layout Standard
22965 Mathematics is typically typeset using special environments that display
22966 theorems, lemmas, and the like, thus:
22969 \begin_layout Theorem
22970 No axiomatic theory sufficient for elementary arithmetic is complete.
22973 \begin_layout Standard
22974 Such environments are provided by some of the layout modules (see section
22976 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22978 reference "sub:Layout-Modules"
22982 ) that ship with LyX, in particular, by the
22983 \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Code
22986 \begin_layout Standard
22993 \begin_inset Flex CharStyle:Code
22996 \begin_layout Standard
23003 These can be used with any document class.
23004 Additional modules are provided that provide additional environments or
23005 that allow the numbering of the theorem-like environments to be customized.
23008 \begin_layout Section
23013 \begin_layout Standard
23023 \begin_layout Standard
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
23034 (AMS) that are in common use.
23037 \begin_layout Subsection
23038 Enabling AMS-Support
23041 \begin_layout Standard
23042 Selecting the checkbox
23051 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23058 \begin_layout Standard
23059 Document ! Settings
23069 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
23071 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
23072 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
23075 \begin_layout Subsection
23077 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23079 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23087 \begin_layout Standard
23088 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23096 \begin_layout Standard
23097 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
23098 LyX allows you to choose between
23119 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
23122 \begin_layout Chapter
23126 \begin_layout Section
23131 \begin_layout Standard
23138 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23140 name "sec:Cross-References"
23147 \begin_layout Standard
23148 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
23149 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
23151 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
23152 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
23153 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
23156 \begin_layout Enumerate
23160 \begin_layout Enumerate
23161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23163 name "enu:Second-item"
23170 \begin_layout Enumerate
23174 \begin_layout Standard
23175 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
23177 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23180 or the by pressing the toolbar button
23181 \begin_inset Graphics
23182 filename ../images/label-insert.png
23189 A grey label box like this:
23190 \begin_inset Graphics
23191 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
23197 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
23198 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
23200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23221 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23233 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
23234 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
23235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23249 \begin_layout Standard
23250 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
23252 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23255 or the toolbar button
23256 \begin_inset Graphics
23257 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
23264 A grey cross-reference box like this:
23265 \begin_inset Graphics
23266 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
23272 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
23274 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
23275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23287 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
23289 Here is our cross-reference:
23292 \begin_layout Standard
23295 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23297 reference "enu:Second-item"
23304 \begin_layout Standard
23305 It is recommended to use a protected space
23309 \begin_layout Standard
23310 described in section\InsetSpace ~
23312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23314 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
23323 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly linebreaks
23327 \begin_layout Standard
23328 There are six varieties of cross-references:
23331 \begin_layout Description
23332 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
23333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23335 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23342 \begin_layout Description
23343 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
23344 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
23346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23350 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23356 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23363 \begin_layout Description
23364 <page>: prints the page number: Page\InsetSpace ~
23366 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23367 LatexCommand pageref
23368 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23375 \begin_layout Description
23378 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
23379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23380 LatexCommand vpageref
23381 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23388 \begin_layout Description
23389 <reference>\InsetSpace ~
23392 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and
23394 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23396 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
23403 \begin_layout Description
23404 Formatted\InsetSpace ~
23405 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
23408 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23411 \begin_layout Standard
23416 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
23422 \begin_layout Standard
23423 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
23438 \begin_layout Standard
23439 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
23440 the previous, the same, or the next page.
23441 You will e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
23444 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
23460 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
23461 The varieties are adjusted in the field
23465 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
23469 \begin_layout Standard
23470 You can only use the style
23474 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
23478 is always possible.
23481 \begin_layout Standard
23482 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
23483 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
23484 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
23485 Referencing formulas is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
23487 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23489 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23496 \begin_layout Standard
23503 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
23504 The button text changes then to
23509 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
23510 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
23511 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
23515 \begin_layout Standard
23516 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
23517 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
23518 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
23521 \begin_layout Standard
23522 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
23523 marks in the output instead of the reference.
23526 \begin_layout Standard
23527 References are described in detail in the
23534 \begin_layout Section
23535 Table of Contents and other Listings
23539 \begin_layout Standard
23549 \begin_layout Standard
23556 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23565 \begin_layout Subsection
23566 Table of Contents and Outline
23567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23569 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
23576 \begin_layout Standard
23577 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
23579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23580 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23586 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
23587 If you click on it, the TOC window appears, showing you the TOC entries.
23588 You can jump to a document part by clicking on an entry.
23589 Thus you can use this window as graphical alternative for the
23596 \begin_layout Standard
23597 The TOC lists every numbered section automatically.
23598 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
23599 in section\InsetSpace ~
23601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23603 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
23607 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
23608 Section\InsetSpace ~
23610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23612 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
23616 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
23618 You can also adjust the level for the displayed sections in the TOC window
23619 using the grey fader at the bottom of the window.
23620 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
23623 \begin_layout Standard
23624 You can use the TOC window also as outline to move and rearrange sections
23626 The TOC window therefore also appears when you use the menu
23628 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23634 \begin_layout Subsection
23635 List of Figures, Tables and Algorithms
23636 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23645 \begin_layout Standard
23646 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
23647 You can insert them via the
23649 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23655 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
23658 \begin_layout Section
23659 URLs (Uniform Resource Locators)
23663 \begin_layout Standard
23670 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23679 \begin_layout Standard
23680 It is often desirable to include long
23681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23688 items in a document such as Web site URLs, e-mail addresses, etc.
23689 These things typically do not contain any spaces and are thus difficult
23690 to typeset properly.
23691 Such items will often fall on a line boundary if they cannot be split,
23692 resulting in an overfull line.
23693 To avoid this, use the menu
23695 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23698 to enter a long URL and have it split gracefully, if necessary.
23701 \begin_layout Standard
23702 The URL dialog has two fields; the URL field and the
23706 field for the URL description, which will be typeset as plain text immediately
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23713 \begin_inset Flex URL
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23726 \begin_layout Standard
23727 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23737 \begin_layout Itemize
23738 When you use the following characters: "%", "#", "^", you have to write
23739 them with a backslash before, e.g.
23741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23747 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23753 \begin_layout Itemize
23754 URLs must not end with a backslash!
23757 \begin_layout Section
23762 \begin_layout Standard
23769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23771 name "sec:Appendices"
23778 \begin_layout Standard
23779 Appendices are created with the menu
23781 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23783 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23787 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
23788 as appendix region.
23789 The region is marked with a red borderline.
23792 \begin_layout Standard
23793 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
23794 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
23795 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
23796 and the subsection number.
23797 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23802 Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23806 reference "cha:Credits"
23810 ; Appendix\InsetSpace ~
23812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23814 reference "sub:Export"
23821 \begin_layout Section
23826 \begin_layout Standard
23833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23835 name "sec:Bibliography"
23842 \begin_layout Standard
23843 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
23844 You can include a bibliography database
23848 \begin_layout Standard
23849 Known under the name
23850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23862 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
23864 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
23868 , described in section\InsetSpace ~
23870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23872 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23884 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
23886 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
23895 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
23897 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
23899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23906 , a short form of its title, as key.
23909 \begin_layout Standard
23910 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
23912 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23915 or the toobar button
23916 \begin_inset Graphics
23917 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
23919 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
23924 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
23925 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
23926 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
23927 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
23931 \begin_layout Standard
23932 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
23933 with surrounding brackets.
23938 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
23939 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
23941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23951 \begin_layout Standard
23954 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
23957 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23959 key "latexcompanion"
23966 \begin_layout Standard
23967 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
23968 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
23977 \begin_layout Subsection
23978 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
23982 \begin_layout Standard
23983 Bibliography ! Databases
23992 \begin_layout Standard
23993 Bibliography ! BibTeX
23999 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24001 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
24008 \begin_layout Standard
24009 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
24011 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
24013 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
24014 your working field in a database.
24015 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
24016 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
24019 \begin_layout Standard
24020 The database is a text file with the file extension
24021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24032 containing the bibliography in a special format.
24033 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
24034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24036 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
24041 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
24045 \begin_inset Flex URL
24048 \begin_layout Standard
24050 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
24057 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
24060 \begin_layout Standard
24061 To use a database, use the menu
24063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24068 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24073 \begin_layout Standard
24084 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
24085 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
24088 \begin_layout Standard
24089 The style file is a text file with the file extension
24090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24101 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
24102 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
24103 take care of the layout.
24106 \begin_layout Standard
24107 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
24110 \begin_layout Standard
24111 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24117 \begin_layout Standard
24118 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
24120 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
24131 \begin_layout Standard
24146 \begin_layout Standard
24157 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
24165 \begin_layout Standard
24166 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
24172 \begin_layout Standard
24173 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
24174 the two methods of creating them.
24175 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
24176 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
24177 We used the style file
24181 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
24184 \begin_layout Subsection
24185 Bibliography layout
24189 \begin_layout Standard
24190 Bibliography ! Layout
24198 \begin_layout Standard
24199 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
24200 For this feature you need to use the option
24206 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24213 \begin_layout Standard
24214 Document ! Settings
24224 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
24225 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
24226 in the previous section.
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24230 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
24231 in the citation reference window.
24232 Here an example where we set the text
24233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24236 Chapter\InsetSpace ~
24238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24241 to appear after the reference:
24244 \begin_layout Standard
24246 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24249 key "latexcompanion"
24256 \begin_layout Section
24261 \begin_layout Standard
24268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24277 \begin_layout Standard
24278 An index entry is created if you use the menu
24280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24284 or the toolbar button
24285 \begin_inset Graphics
24286 filename ../images/index-insert.png
24288 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24294 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24305 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
24306 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
24307 by LyX as index entry.
24310 \begin_layout Standard
24311 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24314 \begin_layout Standard
24319 The index entry text field differs from all other text fields, because
24320 you have to insert valid LaTeX-code.
24325 Therefore you cannot insert
24328 \begin_layout Standard
24334 \begin_layout Standard
24335 to an index entry field, because the
24336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24343 character is used in LaTeX to separate table columns, so that you will
24345 The correct entry is
24348 \begin_layout Standard
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24357 This behavior is necessary because index entries can be formatted in many
24358 ways using special LaTeX commands.
24359 We give a short overview of the index command in the next subsections.
24360 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
24362 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24364 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24371 \begin_layout Standard
24372 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
24375 \begin_layout Standard
24376 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
24378 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24381 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24386 A light blue box labeled
24387 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24395 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24398 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
24399 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
24402 \begin_layout Subsection
24403 Grouping Index Entries
24407 \begin_layout Standard
24416 \begin_layout Standard
24417 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
24419 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
24420 lists under the entry
24421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24429 First we create the entry
24430 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24437 in section\InsetSpace ~
24439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24441 reference "sub:Lists"
24446 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section\InsetSpace ~
24448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24450 reference "sec:Itemize"
24454 , we insert the command
24457 \begin_layout Standard
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24473 \begin_layout Standard
24474 for the enumerated list in section\InsetSpace ~
24476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24478 reference "sec:Enumerate"
24485 \begin_layout Standard
24486 The exclamation mark
24487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24494 marks the grouping levels.
24495 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
24496 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
24497 If we don't have an index entry for
24498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24505 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
24508 \begin_layout Subsection
24513 \begin_layout Standard
24514 Index ! Page ranges
24522 \begin_layout Standard
24523 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
24525 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
24526 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
24527 in section\InsetSpace ~
24529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24531 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
24538 \begin_layout Standard
24541 Paragraph environments|(
24544 \begin_layout Standard
24545 and another entry at the end of section\InsetSpace ~
24547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24549 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
24556 \begin_layout Standard
24559 Paragraph environments|)
24562 \begin_layout Standard
24564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24587 respectively starts and ends the index range.
24588 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
24589 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
24590 the pages of the indexed document parts.
24591 An example is the index entry
24592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24595 Document ! Settings
24596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24602 \begin_layout Subsection
24607 \begin_layout Standard
24608 Index ! Cross referencing
24616 \begin_layout Standard
24617 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
24618 We referred for example in the index entry
24619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24626 (in section\InsetSpace ~
24628 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24630 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
24634 ) to the index entry
24635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24642 in the same section using the command
24645 \begin_layout Standard
24648 GIF|see{Image formats}
24651 \begin_layout Standard
24652 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
24653 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
24656 \begin_layout Subsection
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 Index ! Entry order
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
24672 then not follow the rules for the index order.
24673 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
24679 section\InsetSpace ~
24681 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24683 reference "sub:Index-Program"
24692 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
24693 We created as example the three dummy index entries
24694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24702 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 Dummy entries ! maïs
24731 \begin_layout Standard
24732 Dummy entries ! maître
24741 \begin_layout Standard
24742 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
24747 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
24748 order maïs, maison, maître.
24749 To achieve this, we use the command
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24755 previous entry@current entry
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24759 In our case we want to have
24760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24775 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24784 \begin_layout Standard
24785 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
24786 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
24790 \begin_layout Subsection
24795 \begin_layout Standard
24796 Index ! Entry layout
24804 \begin_layout Standard
24805 You can insert entries together with LaTeX-commands for the layout.
24806 If you need for example an italic entry, you can write
24809 \begin_layout Standard
24814 textit{This is an italic entry}
24817 \begin_layout Standard
24824 produces the italic layout.
24828 \begin_layout Standard
24829 Dummy entries ! This@
24833 \begin_layout Standard
24841 \begin_layout Standard
24852 \begin_layout Standard
24868 \begin_layout Standard
24875 This is an italic entry
24879 \begin_layout Standard
24891 We refer to LaTeX books (
24892 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
24894 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
24898 ) for an overview of layout commands.
24899 There is only the problem, that layout commands destroy the sorting order.
24900 To avoid that our index entry appears as the first one, we use the following
24904 \begin_layout Standard
24909 textit{This is an italic entry}
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 You can also format the page number using the character
24914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24921 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
24922 We can write for example
24925 \begin_layout Standard
24928 old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24931 \begin_layout Standard
24932 to get the page number in an old-style layout.
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 Dummy entries ! old-style page number:|oldstylenums
24942 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
24944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24959 command{page\InsetSpace ~
24963 Have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
24965 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24967 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
24971 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
24977 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
24978 for all index entries.
24981 \begin_layout Subsection
24986 \begin_layout Standard
24993 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24995 name "sub:Index-Program"
25002 \begin_layout Standard
25003 LyX uses for the index generation by default the program
25008 It can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences dialog,
25009 see section\InsetSpace ~
25011 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25013 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
25018 The available options are listed and explained in
25019 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25028 \begin_layout Standard
25029 You can also specify there another program to generate the index, for example
25037 \begin_layout Section
25038 Nomenclature / Glossary
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25052 \begin_layout Standard
25057 \begin_layout Standard
25068 \begin_layout Standard
25081 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25083 name "sec:Nomenclature"
25090 \begin_layout Standard
25091 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
25092 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
25096 \begin_layout Standard
25097 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
25103 \begin_layout Standard
25104 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
25112 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
25113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25119 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
25122 \begin_layout Standard
25123 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
25124 and then use the menu
25126 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25131 omenclature\InsetSpace ~
25134 or the toobar button
25135 \begin_inset Graphics
25136 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
25138 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25152 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25155 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
25158 \begin_layout Standard
25159 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
25160 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
25161 The second is the description of the symbol.
25164 \begin_layout Standard
25165 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25168 \begin_layout Standard
25173 Like for the index entry dialog, you have to enter valid LaTeX-code for
25174 all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
25182 \begin_layout Subsection
25183 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
25187 \begin_layout Standard
25188 Nomenclature ! Layout
25196 \begin_layout Standard
25197 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
25201 field as LaTeX-formula.
25203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25207 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25232 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
25233 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
25235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25245 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
25255 \begin_layout Standard
25256 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
25258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25260 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25267 \begin_layout Standard
25273 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
25274 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
25275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25279 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25283 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25286 in this document is:
25290 dummy entry for the character
25312 font use the command
25341 \begin_layout Subsection
25342 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
25346 \begin_layout Standard
25347 Nomenclature ! Sort order
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
25357 the symbol definition.
25358 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
25359 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
25362 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25363 LatexCommand nomenclature
25365 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
25372 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25376 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
25377 LatexCommand nomenclature
25380 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
25385 They will be sorted by
25386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25408 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25412 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25415 will be sorted before the
25419 since the character
25420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25427 is considered in sorting.
25430 \begin_layout Standard
25431 To control the sort order, you can edit the
25436 field of the nomenclature dialog.
25437 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
25439 For the given example, you can insert
25443 to this field for the
25444 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25451 will be located before
25452 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
25458 \begin_layout Standard
25459 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
25464 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25473 \begin_layout Subsection
25474 Nomenclature Options
25478 \begin_layout Standard
25479 Nomenclature ! Options
25487 \begin_layout Standard
25492 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
25493 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
25496 \begin_layout Description
25497 refeq Appends the phrase
25498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25513 to every nomenclature entry, where
25519 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
25522 \begin_layout Description
25523 refpage Appends the phrase
25524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25539 to every nomenclature entry, where
25545 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
25548 \begin_layout Description
25549 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 There are furthermore the options
25597 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
25601 \begin_layout Standard
25602 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
25603 class options list in the
25605 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25609 In this document the options
25620 \begin_layout Standard
25621 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25627 \begin_layout Standard
25628 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
25629 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
25634 field in the nomenclature dialog:
25637 \begin_layout Description
25647 \begin_layout Description
25650 nomrefpage Like the
25657 \begin_layout Description
25660 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
25669 \begin_layout Description
25672 nomnorefeq,\InsetSpace ~
25675 nomnorefpage,\InsetSpace ~
25678 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
25681 \begin_layout Subsection
25682 Printing the Nomenclature
25686 \begin_layout Standard
25687 Nomenclature ! Printing
25695 \begin_layout Standard
25696 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
25698 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25701 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25705 A light blue box labeled
25706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25717 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
25718 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
25721 \begin_layout Standard
25722 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
25723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25731 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
25739 For example, in order to change the name to
25743 , add the following line to the preamble:
25746 \begin_layout Standard
25754 nomname}{List of Symbols}
25757 \begin_layout Standard
25758 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25764 \begin_layout Standard
25765 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
25766 by adding the following line to the preamble:
25769 \begin_layout Standard
25777 nomlabelwidth}{width}
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25783 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix\InsetSpace ~
25785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25787 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
25792 The default value is 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
25796 \begin_layout Section
25801 \begin_layout Standard
25811 \begin_layout Standard
25812 Document ! Branches
25818 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25820 name "sec:Branches"
25827 \begin_layout Standard
25828 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
25829 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
25830 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
25831 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
25834 \begin_layout Standard
25835 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
25836 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
25837 To create a branch, go in the
25839 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25847 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
25848 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
25851 \begin_layout Standard
25852 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
25853 These boxes are inserted via the menu
25855 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25858 where you can choose a branch.
25859 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25863 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
25864 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
25867 \begin_layout Standard
25868 \begin_inset Branch Question
25871 \begin_layout Standard
25872 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
25880 \begin_layout Standard
25881 \begin_inset Branch Answer
25884 \begin_layout Standard
25885 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
25893 \begin_layout Standard
25894 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
25900 \begin_layout Standard
25901 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
25902 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
25904 For example you can define for the question branch
25908 \begin_layout Standard
25909 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section\InsetSpace ~
25911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25913 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
25925 \begin_layout Standard
25935 \begin_layout Standard
25945 \begin_layout Standard
25946 and for the answer branch
25949 \begin_layout Standard
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25969 \begin_layout Standard
25970 \begin_inset Branch Question
25973 \begin_layout Standard
25977 \begin_layout Standard
25986 \begin_layout Standard
26005 \begin_layout Standard
26006 \begin_inset Branch Answer
26009 \begin_layout Standard
26013 \begin_layout Standard
26022 \begin_layout Standard
26041 \begin_layout Standard
26042 Now it is possible to use the commands
26046 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26053 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26056 to obtain conditional output.
26057 Here is an example formula where only the
26064 \begin_inset Formula \[
26065 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question {x_{1}}\answer {x_{2}}=1\question {+\sqrt{3}}\answer {-\sqrt{3}}.\]
26072 \begin_layout Standard
26073 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section\InsetSpace ~
26075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26077 reference "sec:math-macros"
26084 \begin_layout Section
26085 ERT and the LaTeX Syntax
26086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26095 \begin_layout Subsection
26100 \begin_layout Standard
26107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26109 name "sub:ERT-Boxes"
26116 \begin_layout Standard
26117 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
26118 constructs, but not all.
26119 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
26120 Every month many packages are updated and new ones added.
26121 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything, for every
26122 problem exists a LaTeX-package.
26123 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all these packages
26124 and their commands.
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
26131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26138 , evil because LyX is designed to avoid that you have to use LaTeX-commands.
26139 An ERT box is created by the menu
26141 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26144 or by the toolbar button
26145 \begin_inset Graphics
26146 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
26152 The box itself can be displayed in three different styles:
26165 To change the style, right-click on the box and use the appearing dialog.
26166 Left-clicking on the box will switch between
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 You can insert complete or incomplete commands into ERT.
26179 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
26180 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
26187 , you can write the command part
26193 in an ERT box before the word and the closing brace
26197 in a second ERT box behind the word.
26198 The word between the two ERT boxes is then the argument as it is in the
26202 \begin_layout Standard
26203 \begin_inset Graphics
26204 filename clipart/ERT.png
26213 \begin_layout Standard
26217 \begin_layout Standard
26218 This is a line with a
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26235 \begin_layout Standard
26245 \begin_layout Standard
26246 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26249 \begin_layout Standard
26254 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
26255 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
26263 \begin_layout Subsection
26264 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
26265 \begin_inset OptArg
26268 \begin_layout Standard
26278 \begin_layout Standard
26285 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26287 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26295 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
26296 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
26297 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
26298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26306 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
26307 every time if you know the right commands.
26309 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
26310 the end of the day.
26311 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
26312 all caption labels bold.
26313 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
26315 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
26318 \begin_layout Standard
26319 Now LaTeX comes into play.
26320 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
26321 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
26323 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26333 As result you know that the package
26341 \begin_layout Standard
26342 LaTeX-packages ! caption
26348 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
26350 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26356 \begin_layout Standard
26361 usepackage[options]{package name}
26364 \begin_layout Standard
26365 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
26366 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
26367 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
26370 \begin_layout Standard
26371 In your case the package name is
26376 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
26381 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
26382 So you add the command
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26390 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
26393 \begin_layout Standard
26394 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
26398 \begin_layout Standard
26399 For more commands provided by the
26403 package, have a look at its documentation,
26404 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
26421 For example if you use a
26425 class, you don't need the package
26429 , you can instead write
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26437 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26443 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
26444 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
26445 documentation of the document class you want to use.
26452 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
26455 \begin_layout Standard
26456 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
26457 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
26459 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the ERT box as described in the
26463 \begin_layout Standard
26464 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
26466 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26468 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
26476 \begin_layout Section
26477 Previewing Snippets of your Document
26481 \begin_layout Standard
26488 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26490 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
26498 \begin_layout Standard
26507 \begin_layout Standard
26508 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
26509 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
26510 to break your train of thought with
26512 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26518 \begin_layout Standard
26519 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
26520 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
26526 \begin_layout Standard
26527 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
26534 as explained below, and turn on
26536 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26541 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26548 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26554 \begin_layout Standard
26555 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
26557 Previews of an already loaded document are
26561 generated just by selecting the
26563 Instant\InsetSpace ~
26566 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
26569 \begin_layout Standard
26570 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
26571 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
26576 check box in the insert dialog.
26577 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
26581 \begin_layout Standard
26582 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
26586 (on some systems named simply
26591 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26593 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26599 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26600 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
26608 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26613 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26619 \begin_layout Standard
26620 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
26624 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26628 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
26629 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
26631 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
26632 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
26633 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
26634 the source view window.
26637 \begin_layout Section
26639 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26641 name "sec:Spellchecking"
26649 \begin_layout Standard
26658 \begin_layout Standard
26659 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
26660 Rather it uses one of the external programs
26677 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
26683 can be seen as successor of
26687 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
26692 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
26693 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
26701 \begin_layout Standard
26702 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
26703 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
26710 \begin_layout Standard
26713 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26716 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
26717 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
26718 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
26719 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
26720 scrolled so that it is visible.
26725 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
26727 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
26731 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
26732 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
26735 \begin_layout Standard
26736 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
26739 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26743 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
26744 will bring an error message.
26745 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
26746 specifying a different
26748 Alternative language
26750 in preferences dialog.
26753 \begin_layout Standard
26754 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
26757 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26761 \begin_layout Standard
26762 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
26763 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
26765 But you can use the
26774 \begin_layout Standard
26775 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
26776 This does work with
26780 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
26783 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
26787 \begin_layout Standard
26792 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
26795 \begin_layout Description
26796 Escape\InsetSpace ~
26797 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell
26798 checker should consider, e.g.
26799 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
26800 This should not normally be needed.
26803 \begin_layout Description
26804 Personal\InsetSpace ~
26805 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default
26806 choice as your personal dictionary
26809 \begin_layout Description
26810 Accept\InsetSpace ~
26811 compound\InsetSpace ~
26812 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded
26814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26818 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26824 \begin_layout Description
26827 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
26829 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26836 also for the spellchecker.
26840 \begin_layout Standard
26841 The encodings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
26843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26845 reference "sub:Settings"
26854 Only enable this if you use
26858 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
26859 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
26860 so this is disabled by default.
26863 \begin_layout Section
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26877 name "sec:Thesaurus"
26884 \begin_layout Standard
26885 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
26888 \begin_layout Standard
26889 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
26892 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26895 or the toolbar button
26896 \begin_inset Graphics
26897 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
26899 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
26900 rotateOrigin center
26905 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
26909 \begin_layout Standard
26910 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
26911 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
26912 cases to find related words.
26915 \begin_layout Standard
26916 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
26918 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
26919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26926 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
26927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26935 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
26936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26944 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26954 \begin_layout Section
26959 \begin_layout Standard
26969 \begin_layout Standard
26970 Document ! Change Tracking
26976 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26978 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
26985 \begin_layout Standard
26986 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
26987 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
26988 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
26989 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
26991 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26992 Change\InsetSpace ~
26993 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27001 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
27010 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
27024 \begin_layout Standard
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27034 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
27038 \begin_layout Standard
27047 \begin_layout Standard
27048 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27054 \begin_layout Standard
27055 \begin_inset Graphics
27056 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
27064 \begin_layout Standard
27065 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27071 \begin_layout Standard
27072 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
27076 \begin_layout Standard
27077 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27083 \begin_layout Standard
27084 \begin_inset Tabular
27085 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
27086 <features islongtable="true">
27087 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
27088 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
27089 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27093 \begin_layout Standard
27094 \begin_inset Graphics
27095 filename ../images/changes-track.png
27097 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27098 rotateOrigin center
27107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27110 \begin_layout Standard
27113 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27114 Change\InsetSpace ~
27115 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27123 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27127 \begin_layout Standard
27128 \begin_inset Graphics
27129 filename ../images/changes-output.png
27131 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27132 rotateOrigin center
27141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27144 \begin_layout Standard
27147 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27148 Change\InsetSpace ~
27149 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27151 Changes\InsetSpace ~
27159 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27163 \begin_layout Standard
27164 \begin_inset Graphics
27165 filename ../images/change-next.png
27167 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27168 rotateOrigin center
27177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27180 \begin_layout Standard
27181 Jumps to the next change
27187 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27191 \begin_layout Standard
27192 \begin_inset Graphics
27193 filename ../images/change-accept.png
27195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27196 rotateOrigin center
27205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27208 \begin_layout Standard
27211 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27212 Change\InsetSpace ~
27213 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27214 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27221 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27225 \begin_layout Standard
27226 \begin_inset Graphics
27227 filename ../images/change-reject.png
27229 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27230 rotateOrigin center
27239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27242 \begin_layout Standard
27245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27246 Change\InsetSpace ~
27247 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27248 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27259 \begin_layout Standard
27260 \begin_inset Graphics
27261 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
27263 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27264 rotateOrigin center
27273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27279 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27280 Change\InsetSpace ~
27281 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27293 \begin_layout Standard
27294 \begin_inset Graphics
27295 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
27297 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27298 rotateOrigin center
27307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27310 \begin_layout Standard
27313 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27314 Change\InsetSpace ~
27315 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27316 Accept\InsetSpace ~
27324 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27328 \begin_layout Standard
27329 \begin_inset Graphics
27330 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
27332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27333 rotateOrigin center
27342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27345 \begin_layout Standard
27348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27349 Change\InsetSpace ~
27350 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27351 Reject\InsetSpace ~
27359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27363 \begin_layout Standard
27364 \begin_inset Graphics
27365 filename ../images/note-insert.png
27367 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27368 rotateOrigin center
27377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27383 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27384 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
27393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27396 \begin_layout Standard
27397 \begin_inset Graphics
27398 filename ../images/note-next.png
27400 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
27401 rotateOrigin center
27410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27413 \begin_layout Standard
27416 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27431 \begin_layout Standard
27432 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27438 \begin_layout Standard
27439 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
27440 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
27441 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
27442 the next change behind the current cursor position.
27443 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
27444 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
27445 step to the next change.
27446 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
27449 \begin_layout Standard
27450 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
27451 to describe a change.
27454 \begin_layout Standard
27455 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
27461 \begin_layout Standard
27462 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
27470 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27471 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27477 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27480 \begin_layout Section
27481 International Support
27485 \begin_layout Standard
27486 International support
27494 \begin_layout Standard
27495 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
27496 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
27497 how to set up LyX to use them:
27498 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27500 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
27507 \begin_layout Standard
27508 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section\InsetSpace ~
27510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27512 reference "sub:Special-Character"
27519 \begin_layout Subsection
27524 \begin_layout Standard
27534 \begin_layout Standard
27535 Document ! Settings
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 Document ! Language
27553 \begin_layout Standard
27556 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27559 dialog lets you set
27561 the language and character encoding for your language.
27565 \begin_layout Standard
27566 Choose your language in the
27570 section of this dialog.
27578 \begin_layout Standard
27583 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
27587 use language's default encoding
27589 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
27590 For details abhout the different encoding options see section\InsetSpace ~
27592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27594 reference "sub:Settings"
27601 \begin_layout Subsection
27602 Keyboard mapping configuration
27605 \begin_layout Standard
27606 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
27607 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
27608 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
27609 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
27610 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
27611 see section\InsetSpace ~
27613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27615 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
27620 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
27621 which one you want to use.
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
27626 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
27627 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
27628 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
27629 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
27630 one to support the characters you want.
27631 This and much more customizations are explained in the
27638 \begin_layout Subsection
27640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27649 \begin_layout Standard
27652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27654 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
27663 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
27667 \begin_layout Standard
27668 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
27669 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
27677 \begin_layout Itemize
27678 Even if you have selected
27684 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27687 dialog, users who have only the
27691 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
27695 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
27696 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
27697 french quotes won't show up.
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 \begin_inset Float table
27706 \begin_layout Standard
27707 \begin_inset Caption
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27712 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
27728 \begin_layout Standard
27730 \begin_inset Tabular
27731 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
27733 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27734 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27735 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27736 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27737 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27738 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27739 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27740 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27741 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27742 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27743 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27744 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27745 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27746 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27747 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27748 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0pt">
27749 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0pt">
27750 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
27751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
27754 \begin_layout Standard
27760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27781 \begin_layout Standard
27796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27817 \begin_layout Standard
27832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27835 \begin_layout Standard
27850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27853 \begin_layout Standard
27868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27871 \begin_layout Standard
27886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27889 \begin_layout Standard
27904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27907 \begin_layout Standard
27922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27925 \begin_layout Standard
27940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27943 \begin_layout Standard
27958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27961 \begin_layout Standard
27976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
27997 \begin_layout Standard
28012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28015 \begin_layout Standard
28030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28033 \begin_layout Standard
28049 <row topline="true">
28050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28071 \begin_layout Standard
28077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28080 \begin_layout Standard
28086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28098 \begin_layout Standard
28112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28115 \begin_layout Standard
28129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28132 \begin_layout Standard
28146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28149 \begin_layout Standard
28163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28166 \begin_layout Standard
28180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28192 \begin_layout Standard
28198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28201 \begin_layout Standard
28207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28210 \begin_layout Standard
28224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28244 \begin_layout Standard
28258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28261 \begin_layout Standard
28275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28278 \begin_layout Standard
28293 <row topline="true">
28294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28297 \begin_layout Standard
28312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28315 \begin_layout Standard
28321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28324 \begin_layout Standard
28330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28333 \begin_layout Standard
28347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28350 \begin_layout Standard
28364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28367 \begin_layout Standard
28381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28384 \begin_layout Standard
28398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28401 \begin_layout Standard
28415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28418 \begin_layout Standard
28432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28435 \begin_layout Standard
28441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28444 \begin_layout Standard
28450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28470 \begin_layout Standard
28484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28504 \begin_layout Standard
28518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28538 \begin_layout Standard
28553 <row topline="true">
28554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28557 \begin_layout Standard
28572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28575 \begin_layout Standard
28581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28584 \begin_layout Standard
28590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28593 \begin_layout Standard
28602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28613 \begin_layout Standard
28627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28647 \begin_layout Standard
28661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28664 \begin_layout Standard
28678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28681 \begin_layout Standard
28695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28698 \begin_layout Standard
28704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28707 \begin_layout Standard
28713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28716 \begin_layout Standard
28722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28725 \begin_layout Standard
28739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28742 \begin_layout Standard
28756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28759 \begin_layout Standard
28773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28776 \begin_layout Standard
28790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28793 \begin_layout Standard
28808 <row topline="true">
28809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
28812 \begin_layout Standard
28827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28830 \begin_layout Standard
28836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28839 \begin_layout Standard
28845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28848 \begin_layout Standard
28862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28865 \begin_layout Standard
28879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28882 \begin_layout Standard
28896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28899 \begin_layout Standard
28913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28916 \begin_layout Standard
28930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28933 \begin_layout Standard
28947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28950 \begin_layout Standard
28956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28959 \begin_layout Standard
28965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28968 \begin_layout Standard
28982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
28985 \begin_layout Standard
28999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29002 \begin_layout Standard
29016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29036 \begin_layout Standard
29050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29053 \begin_layout Standard
29068 <row topline="true">
29069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29072 \begin_layout Standard
29087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29090 \begin_layout Standard
29096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29099 \begin_layout Standard
29105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29108 \begin_layout Standard
29122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29125 \begin_layout Standard
29139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29142 \begin_layout Standard
29156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29159 \begin_layout Standard
29173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29176 \begin_layout Standard
29190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29193 \begin_layout Standard
29207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29210 \begin_layout Standard
29216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29228 \begin_layout Standard
29234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29237 \begin_layout Standard
29251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29254 \begin_layout Standard
29268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29288 \begin_layout Standard
29302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29305 \begin_layout Standard
29320 <row topline="true">
29321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29324 \begin_layout Standard
29339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29342 \begin_layout Standard
29348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29351 \begin_layout Standard
29357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29360 \begin_layout Standard
29374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29377 \begin_layout Standard
29391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Standard
29425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29445 \begin_layout Standard
29459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29471 \begin_layout Standard
29477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29480 \begin_layout Standard
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Standard
29503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29506 \begin_layout Standard
29520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29523 \begin_layout Standard
29537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29540 \begin_layout Standard
29554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29557 \begin_layout Standard
29572 <row topline="true">
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Standard
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Standard
29600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29603 \begin_layout Standard
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Standard
29626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29629 \begin_layout Standard
29643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29646 \begin_layout Standard
29660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29680 \begin_layout Standard
29694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29697 \begin_layout Standard
29711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29714 \begin_layout Standard
29720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29723 \begin_layout Standard
29729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29732 \begin_layout Standard
29738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29741 \begin_layout Standard
29755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29758 \begin_layout Standard
29772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29775 \begin_layout Standard
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Standard
29806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29809 \begin_layout Standard
29824 <row topline="true">
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Standard
29843 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29846 \begin_layout Standard
29852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29855 \begin_layout Standard
29861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29881 \begin_layout Standard
29895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29898 \begin_layout Standard
29912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29932 \begin_layout Standard
29946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29949 \begin_layout Standard
29963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29966 \begin_layout Standard
29972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29975 \begin_layout Standard
29981 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29984 \begin_layout Standard
29998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30001 \begin_layout Standard
30015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30018 \begin_layout Standard
30032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30035 \begin_layout Standard
30049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30052 \begin_layout Standard
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Standard
30084 <row topline="true">
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Standard
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Standard
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Standard
30121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30124 \begin_layout Standard
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Standard
30155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30158 \begin_layout Standard
30172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30175 \begin_layout Standard
30189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30192 \begin_layout Standard
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Standard
30223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30226 \begin_layout Standard
30232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30235 \begin_layout Standard
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Standard
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Standard
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Standard
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Standard
30309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30312 \begin_layout Standard
30326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30329 \begin_layout Standard
30344 <row topline="true">
30345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30348 \begin_layout Standard
30363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30366 \begin_layout Standard
30372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30375 \begin_layout Standard
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Standard
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Standard
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Standard
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Standard
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Standard
30466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30469 \begin_layout Standard
30483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30486 \begin_layout Standard
30492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30495 \begin_layout Standard
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Standard
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Standard
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Standard
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Standard
30569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30572 \begin_layout Standard
30586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30589 \begin_layout Standard
30604 <row topline="true">
30605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30608 \begin_layout Standard
30623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30626 \begin_layout Standard
30632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30635 \begin_layout Standard
30641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30644 \begin_layout Standard
30658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30661 \begin_layout Standard
30675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30678 \begin_layout Standard
30692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30695 \begin_layout Standard
30709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30712 \begin_layout Standard
30726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30729 \begin_layout Standard
30743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30746 \begin_layout Standard
30752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30755 \begin_layout Standard
30761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30764 \begin_layout Standard
30778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30781 \begin_layout Standard
30795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30798 \begin_layout Standard
30812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30815 \begin_layout Standard
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Standard
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Standard
30864 <row topline="true">
30865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30868 \begin_layout Standard
30883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30886 \begin_layout Standard
30892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30895 \begin_layout Standard
30901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30904 \begin_layout Standard
30918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30921 \begin_layout Standard
30935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30938 \begin_layout Standard
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Standard
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Standard
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Standard
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Standard
31012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31015 \begin_layout Standard
31021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31024 \begin_layout Standard
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Standard
31055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31058 \begin_layout Standard
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Standard
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Standard
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Standard
31124 <row topline="true">
31125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31128 \begin_layout Standard
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Standard
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Standard
31161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31164 \begin_layout Standard
31178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31181 \begin_layout Standard
31195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31198 \begin_layout Standard
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Standard
31231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31234 \begin_layout Standard
31248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31251 \begin_layout Standard
31265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31268 \begin_layout Standard
31274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31277 \begin_layout Standard
31283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31286 \begin_layout Standard
31300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31303 \begin_layout Standard
31317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31320 \begin_layout Standard
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Standard
31351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31354 \begin_layout Standard
31368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31371 \begin_layout Standard
31386 <row topline="true">
31387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31390 \begin_layout Standard
31405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31408 \begin_layout Standard
31414 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31417 \begin_layout Standard
31423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31426 \begin_layout Standard
31440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31443 \begin_layout Standard
31457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31460 \begin_layout Standard
31474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31477 \begin_layout Standard
31491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31494 \begin_layout Standard
31508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31511 \begin_layout Standard
31525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31528 \begin_layout Standard
31534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31537 \begin_layout Standard
31543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31546 \begin_layout Standard
31552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31555 \begin_layout Standard
31569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31572 \begin_layout Standard
31586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31589 \begin_layout Standard
31603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31606 \begin_layout Standard
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Standard
31638 <row topline="true">
31639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31642 \begin_layout Standard
31657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31660 \begin_layout Standard
31666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31669 \begin_layout Standard
31675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31678 \begin_layout Standard
31692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31695 \begin_layout Standard
31709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31712 \begin_layout Standard
31726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31729 \begin_layout Standard
31743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31746 \begin_layout Standard
31760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31763 \begin_layout Standard
31777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31780 \begin_layout Standard
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Standard
31795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31798 \begin_layout Standard
31812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31815 \begin_layout Standard
31829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31832 \begin_layout Standard
31846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31849 \begin_layout Standard
31863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31866 \begin_layout Standard
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Standard
31898 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
31899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31902 \begin_layout Standard
31917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31920 \begin_layout Standard
31926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31929 \begin_layout Standard
31935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31938 \begin_layout Standard
31952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31955 \begin_layout Standard
31969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31972 \begin_layout Standard
31986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31989 \begin_layout Standard
32003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32006 \begin_layout Standard
32020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32023 \begin_layout Standard
32029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32032 \begin_layout Standard
32038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32041 \begin_layout Standard
32047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32050 \begin_layout Standard
32064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32067 \begin_layout Standard
32081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32084 \begin_layout Standard
32098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32101 \begin_layout Standard
32115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32118 \begin_layout Standard
32132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32135 \begin_layout Standard
32162 \begin_layout Standard
32163 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
32165 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
32166 also the characters from
32178 \begin_layout Itemize
32187 \begin_layout Standard
32188 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
32193 \begin_layout Standard
32194 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
32199 \begin_layout Standard
32200 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
32205 \begin_layout Standard
32206 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
32211 \begin_layout Standard
32217 \begin_layout Standard
32223 \begin_layout Standard
32230 \begin_layout Itemize
32243 \begin_layout Standard
32249 \begin_layout Standard
32255 \begin_layout Standard
32261 \begin_layout Standard
32267 \begin_layout Standard
32273 \begin_layout Standard
32280 \begin_layout Standard
32281 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
32282 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
32283 Also make sure you're using the
32290 \begin_layout Chapter
32293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32295 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
32302 \begin_layout Standard
32303 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
32304 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
32305 inside the user's guide.
32308 \begin_layout Section
32313 \begin_layout Standard
32322 \begin_layout Standard
32327 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
32328 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
32331 \begin_layout Subsection
32335 \begin_layout Standard
32336 Creates a new document.
32339 \begin_layout Subsection
32343 \begin_layout Standard
32344 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
32345 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
32346 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
32349 \begin_layout Subsection
32353 \begin_layout Standard
32357 \begin_layout Subsection
32361 \begin_layout Standard
32362 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
32363 Click there on a file to open it.
32366 \begin_layout Subsection
32370 \begin_layout Standard
32371 Closes the current document.
32374 \begin_layout Subsection
32378 \begin_layout Standard
32379 Saves the actual document.
32382 \begin_layout Subsection
32386 \begin_layout Standard
32387 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
32390 \begin_layout Subsection
32394 \begin_layout Standard
32395 Reloads the actual document from disk.
32398 \begin_layout Subsection
32402 \begin_layout Standard
32403 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
32404 It is described in the section
32406 Version Control in LyX
32410 Extended\InsetSpace ~
32416 \begin_layout Subsection
32420 \begin_layout Standard
32421 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files and plain
32422 text files (ASCII-files).
32423 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
32426 \begin_layout Standard
32427 When using the menu
32430 Text, Join\InsetSpace ~
32433 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
32434 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
32435 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
32436 will start a new paragraph.
32439 \begin_layout Subsection
32441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
32450 \begin_layout Standard
32451 You can export your document to various file formats.
32452 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
32453 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
32454 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
32457 \begin_layout Standard
32458 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
32459 section\InsetSpace ~
32461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32463 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
32470 \begin_layout Description
32476 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
32477 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
32480 \begin_layout Description
32488 \begin_layout Description
32489 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
32493 \begin_layout Description
32496 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported
32501 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
32509 \begin_layout Description
32516 \begin_layout Standard
32526 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
32527 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
32531 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
32534 \begin_layout Description
32541 \begin_layout Standard
32551 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
32552 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
32560 \begin_layout Description
32562 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
32563 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32567 \begin_inset Quotes erd
32570 is replaced by the version number)
32573 \begin_layout Description
32574 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
32587 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
32591 \begin_layout Description
32596 PDF-format using the program
32601 \begin_layout Description
32607 PDF-format using the program
32612 \begin_layout Description
32618 PDF-format using the program
32623 \begin_layout Description
32632 \begin_layout Description
32639 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
32640 and then exported as text using the program
32645 \begin_layout Description
32650 PostScript format using the program
32655 \begin_layout Description
32663 \begin_layout Standard
32668 produces internally a dvi-file which is then converted to a pdf-file.
32669 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
32675 produces directly pdf-files and supports the latest pdf-file formats.
32678 \begin_layout Standard
32679 If one of the menu entries
32692 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32693 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32697 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32705 \begin_layout Standard
32706 Reconfiguration of LyX
32714 \begin_layout Standard
32719 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
32720 the export program.
32723 \begin_layout Subsection
32727 \begin_layout Standard
32728 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
32729 or send it to a printer.
32730 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
32731 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
32737 For more informations have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
32739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32741 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
32748 \begin_layout Subsection
32749 New and Close Window
32752 \begin_layout Standard
32753 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
32754 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
32757 \begin_layout Section
32762 \begin_layout Standard
32771 \begin_layout Subsection
32775 \begin_layout Standard
32776 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32780 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
32787 \begin_layout Subsection
32788 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
32791 \begin_layout Standard
32792 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32796 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32803 \begin_layout Subsection
32807 \begin_layout Standard
32808 Selects the whole document.
32811 \begin_layout Subsection
32815 \begin_layout Standard
32816 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32820 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
32827 \begin_layout Subsection
32828 Move paragraph Up/Down
32831 \begin_layout Standard
32832 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
32836 \begin_layout Subsection
32840 \begin_layout Standard
32841 Described in section\InsetSpace ~
32843 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32845 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
32852 \begin_layout Subsection
32857 \begin_layout Standard
32858 Paragraph ! Settings
32866 \begin_layout Standard
32867 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
32869 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
32872 \begin_layout Standard
32873 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
32874 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
32877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
32888 \begin_layout Subsection
32892 \begin_layout Standard
32893 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
32894 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
32895 The properties of tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
32897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32899 reference "sec:Tables"
32903 , the properties of formulas in chapter\InsetSpace ~
32905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32907 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
32914 \begin_layout Subsection
32915 Increase / Decrease List Depth
32918 \begin_layout Standard
32919 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
32921 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section\InsetSpace ~
32923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32925 reference "sec:Nesting"
32930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32932 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
32939 \begin_layout Section
32944 \begin_layout Standard
32953 \begin_layout Standard
32958 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
32959 document with an external program.
32960 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
32961 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
32962 All possible formats are formats listed in section\InsetSpace ~
32964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32966 reference "sub:Export"
32971 You should at least see the menu entries
32981 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
32982 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section\InsetSpace ~
32984 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
32986 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
32994 \begin_layout Standard
32995 Reconfiguration of LyX
33003 \begin_layout Standard
33004 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
33005 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section\InsetSpace ~
33007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33009 reference "sec:File-Formats"
33014 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
33017 \begin_layout Standard
33018 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
33021 At the bottom of the
33025 menu the opened documents are listed.
33028 \begin_layout Subsection
33032 \begin_layout Standard
33033 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
33034 in section\InsetSpace ~
33036 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33038 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
33045 \begin_layout Subsection
33049 \begin_layout Standard
33050 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
33051 opening a new view window.
33054 \begin_layout Subsection
33056 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33058 name "sub:Toolbars"
33066 \begin_layout Standard
33075 \begin_layout Standard
33076 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
33077 All toolbars and the
33079 Command\InsetSpace ~
33082 can be turned on and off.
33087 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
33105 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
33109 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
33116 \begin_layout Standard
33121 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
33125 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
33126 or when a certain feature is enabled.
33127 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
33128 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
33129 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
33132 \begin_layout Standard
33133 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
33135 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33137 reference "sec:Toolbars"
33144 \begin_layout Section
33149 \begin_layout Standard
33158 \begin_layout Subsection
33162 \begin_layout Standard
33163 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter\InsetSpace ~
33165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33167 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
33174 \begin_layout Subsection
33176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
33178 name "sub:Special-Character"
33185 \begin_layout Standard
33186 Here you can insert the following characters:
33189 \begin_layout Description
33190 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
33194 \begin_layout Description
33197 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33201 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
33208 \begin_layout Description
33209 Ordinary\InsetSpace ~
33210 Quote Inserts this quote:
33211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
33214 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
33216 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
33226 \begin_layout Description
33227 Single\InsetSpace ~
33228 Quote Inserts this quote:
33229 \begin_inset Quotes els
33235 \begin_layout Description
33237 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
33241 \begin_layout Description
33242 Phonetic\InsetSpace ~
33247 \begin_layout Standard
33257 \begin_layout Standard
33258 Language ! Phonetic symbols
33263 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
33264 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
33265 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
33273 \begin_layout Standard
33274 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
33281 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation
33285 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
33293 and this Wiki-page:
33296 \begin_inset Flex URL
33299 \begin_layout Standard
33301 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
33309 \begin_layout Subsection
33313 \begin_layout Standard
33314 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
33317 \begin_layout Description
33318 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
33319 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
33325 \begin_layout Description
33326 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
33327 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
33333 \begin_layout Description
33334 Protected\InsetSpace ~
33335 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33339 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
33346 \begin_layout Description
33347 Inter-word\InsetSpace ~
33348 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33352 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
33359 \begin_layout Description
33361 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33365 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
33372 \begin_layout Description
33373 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33374 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section\InsetSpace ~
33376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33378 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
33385 \begin_layout Description
33386 Horizontal\InsetSpace ~
33387 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section\InsetSpace ~
33389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33391 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
33398 \begin_layout Description
33399 Vertical\InsetSpace ~
33400 Space Inserts vertical space, see section\InsetSpace ~
33402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33404 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
33411 \begin_layout Description
33412 Hyphenation\InsetSpace ~
33413 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section\InsetSpace ~
33415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33417 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
33424 \begin_layout Description
33425 Ligature\InsetSpace ~
33426 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section\InsetSpace ~
33428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33430 reference "sub:Ligatures"
33437 \begin_layout Description
33439 Break Inserts a forced linebreak, see section\InsetSpace ~
33441 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33443 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
33450 \begin_layout Description
33452 Break Inserts a forced pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33456 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
33463 \begin_layout Description
33465 Page Inserts a clear pagebreak, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33469 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33476 \begin_layout Description
33478 Double\InsetSpace ~
33479 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33481 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33483 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
33490 \begin_layout Subsection
33494 \begin_layout Standard
33495 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
33496 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
33497 in section\InsetSpace ~
33499 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33501 reference "sec:toc"
33506 The index list is described in section\InsetSpace ~
33508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33510 reference "sec:Index"
33514 , the nomenclature in section\InsetSpace ~
33516 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33518 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33522 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section\InsetSpace ~
33524 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33526 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
33533 \begin_layout Subsection
33537 \begin_layout Standard
33538 To insert floats, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33542 reference "sec:Floats"
33549 \begin_layout Subsection
33553 \begin_layout Standard
33554 To insert notes, described in section\InsetSpace ~
33556 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33558 reference "sec:Notes"
33565 \begin_layout Subsection
33569 \begin_layout Standard
33570 Inserts branch insets as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33572 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33574 reference "sec:Branches"
33581 \begin_layout Subsection
33586 \begin_layout Standard
33595 \begin_layout Standard
33596 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
33597 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
33608 \begin_layout Subsection
33613 \begin_layout Standard
33622 \begin_layout Standard
33623 Inserts a minipage box that is described section\InsetSpace ~
33625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33627 reference "sec:Minipages"
33632 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
33643 \begin_layout Subsection
33647 \begin_layout Standard
33648 Inserts a citation as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33650 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33652 reference "sec:Bibliography"
33659 \begin_layout Subsection
33663 \begin_layout Standard
33664 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33666 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33668 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33675 \begin_layout Subsection
33679 \begin_layout Standard
33680 Inserts a label as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33682 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33684 reference "sec:Cross-References"
33691 \begin_layout Subsection
33696 \begin_layout Standard
33706 \begin_layout Standard
33707 Longtables ! Caption
33715 \begin_layout Standard
33716 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
33717 Floats are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33721 reference "sec:Floats"
33725 , cations in longtables are described in section
33736 \begin_layout Subsection
33740 \begin_layout Standard
33741 Inserts an index entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33743 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33745 reference "sec:Index"
33752 \begin_layout Subsection
33756 \begin_layout Standard
33757 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33761 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
33768 \begin_layout Subsection
33772 \begin_layout Standard
33774 Tables are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33778 reference "sec:Tables"
33785 \begin_layout Subsection
33789 \begin_layout Standard
33791 Graphics are described in section\InsetSpace ~
33793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33795 reference "sec:Graphics"
33802 \begin_layout Subsection
33806 \begin_layout Standard
33807 Inserts an URL box as described in section\InsetSpace ~
33809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33811 reference "sec:URL"
33818 \begin_layout Subsection
33822 \begin_layout Standard
33823 Inserts a footnote, see section\InsetSpace ~
33825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33827 reference "sec:Footnotes"
33834 \begin_layout Subsection
33838 \begin_layout Standard
33839 Inserts a marginal note, see section\InsetSpace ~
33841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33843 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
33850 \begin_layout Subsection
33854 \begin_layout Standard
33855 Inserts a short title, see section\InsetSpace ~
33857 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33859 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
33866 \begin_layout Subsection
33870 \begin_layout Standard
33871 Inserts an ERT box, see section\InsetSpace ~
33873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
33875 reference "sub:ERT-Boxes"
33882 \begin_layout Subsection
33887 \begin_layout Standard
33896 \begin_layout Standard
33897 Inserts a program listings box.
33898 Program listings are explained in chapter
33900 Program Code Listings
33909 \begin_layout Subsection
33913 \begin_layout Standard
33914 Inserts the actual date.
33915 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
33917 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
33927 There the different methods are also compared.
33930 \begin_layout Section
33935 \begin_layout Standard
33944 \begin_layout Standard
33945 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
33946 the current document.
33947 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
33950 \begin_layout Standard
33951 The Navigate menu also offers to
33954 \begin_layout Subsection
33958 \begin_layout Standard
33959 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
33960 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
33962 between section\InsetSpace ~
33964 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section\InsetSpace ~
33965 2.5 and use the menu
33969 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33973 Then go to section\InsetSpace ~
33977 Bookmark\InsetSpace ~
33981 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
33993 \begin_layout Standard
33994 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
33995 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
33998 \begin_layout Subsection
33999 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
34002 \begin_layout Standard
34003 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
34007 \begin_layout Subsection
34011 \begin_layout Standard
34012 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
34013 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
34014 on a cross-reference box.
34017 \begin_layout Section
34022 \begin_layout Standard
34031 \begin_layout Subsection
34035 \begin_layout Standard
34036 Change Tracking is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34040 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
34047 \begin_layout Subsection
34052 \begin_layout Standard
34062 \begin_layout Standard
34063 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
34065 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
34068 \begin_layout Standard
34069 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
34074 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
34077 \begin_layout Subsection
34081 \begin_layout Standard
34082 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section\InsetSpace ~
34084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34086 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
34093 \begin_layout Subsection
34094 Start Appendix Here
34097 \begin_layout Standard
34098 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
34099 position as described in section\InsetSpace ~
34101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34103 reference "sec:Appendices"
34110 \begin_layout Subsection
34114 \begin_layout Standard
34115 Un/compresses the actual document.
34118 \begin_layout Subsection
34120 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34122 name "sub:Settings"
34130 \begin_layout Standard
34131 Document ! Settings
34139 \begin_layout Standard
34140 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
34142 You can save your document settings as default with the
34144 Save as Document Defaults
34146 button in the dialog.
34147 This will create a template named
34151 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
34155 \begin_layout Standard
34156 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
34159 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34163 \begin_layout Standard
34164 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
34165 Document classes are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34169 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
34174 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
34179 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
34180 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
34183 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34187 \begin_layout Standard
34188 The document font settings are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34190 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34192 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
34199 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34203 \begin_layout Standard
34204 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
34206 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
34210 \begin_layout Standard
34211 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
34212 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
34213 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
34216 \begin_layout Standard
34217 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
34225 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34229 \begin_layout Standard
34230 A description of this menu is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34234 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
34239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34241 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
34248 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34253 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section\InsetSpace ~
34255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34257 reference "sub:Margins"
34264 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34270 Language ! Encoding
34278 \begin_layout Standard
34279 The document language and quote styles are set here.
34280 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
34281 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
34282 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
34283 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
34284 known for a particular character).
34288 \begin_layout Standard
34289 The known commands are defined in a text file.
34290 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
34295 manual for details.
34303 \begin_layout Standard
34304 If you use the option
34306 use language's default encoding
34308 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
34310 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
34311 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
34312 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
34313 exactly one encoding.
34314 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
34322 \begin_layout Standard
34323 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
34324 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
34326 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34327 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34341 \begin_layout Standard
34342 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
34343 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
34344 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
34345 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
34346 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
34347 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
34350 use language's default encoding
34352 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
34353 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
34354 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
34357 \begin_layout Standard
34358 Here is a list with the important encodings:
34361 \begin_layout Description
34365 use language's default encoding
34367 , but the LaTeX-package
34375 \begin_layout Standard
34376 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34382 You probably need to load some other packages manually in the preamble.
34385 \begin_layout Description
34386 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
34389 \begin_layout Description
34390 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
34391 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
34394 \begin_layout Description
34395 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
34398 \begin_layout Description
34399 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
34402 \begin_layout Description
34403 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
34406 \begin_layout Description
34407 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
34410 \begin_layout Description
34411 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
34414 \begin_layout Description
34415 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
34416 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
34419 \begin_layout Description
34420 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
34421 Serbian, and Ukrainian
34424 \begin_layout Description
34425 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
34428 \begin_layout Description
34429 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
34432 \begin_layout Description
34433 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
34436 \begin_layout Description
34437 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
34440 \begin_layout Description
34441 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
34442 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
34443 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
34447 \begin_layout Description
34448 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
34449 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
34452 \begin_layout Description
34453 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
34457 \begin_layout Description
34458 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
34461 \begin_layout Description
34462 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
34463 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
34466 \begin_layout Description
34467 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
34468 the euro currency sign, the
34472 \begin_layout Standard
34481 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
34482 be the replacement for latin1
34485 \begin_layout Description
34486 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
34489 \begin_layout Description
34490 utf8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34498 \begin_layout Standard
34499 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
34504 (first variant, for latin symbols and some others).
34507 \begin_layout Description
34508 utf8x Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34512 (second variant, for greek and CJK symbols and some others).
34515 \begin_layout Description
34516 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
34524 \begin_layout Standard
34525 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
34530 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
34533 \begin_layout Description
34534 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
34538 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
34546 \begin_layout Standard
34547 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
34548 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
34562 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34566 \begin_layout Standard
34567 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
34568 in section\InsetSpace ~
34570 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34572 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34579 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34583 \begin_layout Standard
34584 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
34590 \begin_layout Standard
34591 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
34606 \begin_layout Standard
34607 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
34613 For a further description see section\InsetSpace ~
34615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34617 reference "sec:Bibliography"
34624 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34628 \begin_layout Standard
34629 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
34635 \begin_layout Standard
34636 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 LaTeX-packages ! esint
34657 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
34660 \begin_layout Standard
34665 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
34666 assure that you have enabled AMS.
34669 \begin_layout Standard
34674 is used for special integral characters.
34677 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34681 \begin_layout Standard
34682 The float placement options are described in section
34683 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34687 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34689 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
34696 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
34702 The itemize environment is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34704 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34706 reference "sec:Itemize"
34713 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34717 \begin_layout Standard
34718 Branches are described in section\InsetSpace ~
34720 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34722 reference "sec:Branches"
34729 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
34734 \begin_layout Standard
34744 \begin_layout Standard
34745 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
34746 to define LaTeX-commands.
34747 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
34748 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
34752 \begin_layout Standard
34753 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section\InsetSpace ~
34755 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34757 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
34764 \begin_layout Section
34769 \begin_layout Standard
34778 \begin_layout Subsection
34782 \begin_layout Standard
34783 Spell checking is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34787 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
34794 \begin_layout Subsection
34798 \begin_layout Standard
34799 The thesaurus is described in section\InsetSpace ~
34801 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34803 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
34810 \begin_layout Subsection
34815 \begin_layout Standard
34824 \begin_layout Standard
34825 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
34829 \begin_layout Subsection
34834 \begin_layout Standard
34845 \begin_layout Standard
34854 \begin_layout Standard
34855 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
34858 \begin_layout Subsection
34863 \begin_layout Standard
34864 Reconfiguration of LyX
34873 \begin_layout Standard
34874 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
34878 \begin_layout Standard
34885 Reconfiguration of LyX
34889 \begin_layout Standard
34904 \begin_layout Standard
34905 This menu reconfigures LyX.
34906 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section\InsetSpace ~
34908 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34910 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34917 \begin_layout Subsection
34921 \begin_layout Standard
34922 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
34923 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
34927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34929 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
34936 \begin_layout Section
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34950 \begin_layout Standard
34951 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
34955 \begin_layout Standard
34961 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
34962 found by LyX (see also section\InsetSpace ~
34964 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34966 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
34973 \begin_layout Section
34975 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34977 name "sec:Toolbars"
34984 \begin_layout Standard
34985 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
34987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34989 reference "sub:Toolbars"
34996 \begin_layout Standard
34997 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
34998 This is described in the
35006 \begin_layout Subsection
35011 \begin_layout Standard
35020 \begin_layout Standard
35021 \begin_inset Graphics
35022 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
35031 \begin_layout Standard
35032 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35038 \begin_layout Standard
35039 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
35044 \begin_layout Standard
35056 \begin_inset Note Note
35059 \begin_layout Standard
35060 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
35065 manual for more information.
35073 \begin_layout Standard
35074 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35080 \begin_layout Standard
35081 \begin_inset Tabular
35082 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
35083 <features islongtable="true">
35084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
35085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
35087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35090 \begin_layout Standard
35091 \begin_inset Graphics
35092 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
35103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35106 \begin_layout Standard
35107 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
35120 \begin_layout Standard
35121 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
35127 \begin_layout Standard
35129 \begin_inset Tabular
35130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
35131 <features islongtable="true">
35132 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35138 \begin_layout Standard
35141 \begin_inset Graphics
35142 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
35144 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35156 \begin_layout Standard
35159 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35170 \begin_layout Standard
35171 \begin_inset Graphics
35172 filename ../images/file-open.png
35174 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35186 \begin_layout Standard
35189 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35196 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35200 \begin_layout Standard
35201 \begin_inset Graphics
35202 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
35204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35216 \begin_layout Standard
35219 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35230 \begin_layout Standard
35231 \begin_inset Graphics
35232 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
35234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
35243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35246 \begin_layout Standard
35249 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35260 \begin_layout Standard
35261 \begin_inset Graphics
35262 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
35264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35276 \begin_layout Standard
35279 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35290 \begin_layout Standard
35291 \begin_inset Graphics
35292 filename ../images/undo.png
35294 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35306 \begin_layout Standard
35309 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35316 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35320 \begin_layout Standard
35321 \begin_inset Graphics
35322 filename ../images/redo.png
35324 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35336 \begin_layout Standard
35339 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35346 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35350 \begin_layout Standard
35351 \begin_inset Graphics
35352 filename ../images/cut.png
35354 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35366 \begin_layout Standard
35369 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35376 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Standard
35381 \begin_inset Graphics
35382 filename ../images/copy.png
35384 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35396 \begin_layout Standard
35399 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35406 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35410 \begin_layout Standard
35411 \begin_inset Graphics
35412 filename ../images/paste.png
35414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35426 \begin_layout Standard
35429 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35440 \begin_layout Standard
35441 \begin_inset Graphics
35442 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
35444 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35445 rotateOrigin center
35454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35457 \begin_layout Standard
35460 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35461 Find\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35462 &\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
35469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35473 \begin_layout Standard
35474 \begin_inset Graphics
35475 filename ../images/font-emph.png
35477 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35489 \begin_layout Standard
35490 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
35492 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35502 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35506 \begin_layout Standard
35507 \begin_inset Graphics
35508 filename ../images/font-noun.png
35510 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35522 \begin_layout Standard
35523 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
35525 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35535 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35539 \begin_layout Standard
35540 \begin_inset Graphics
35541 filename ../images/font-free-apply.png
35543 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35555 \begin_layout Standard
35556 Formats text using the current settings in the
35558 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35568 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35572 \begin_layout Standard
35573 \begin_inset Graphics
35574 filename ../images/math-mode.png
35576 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
35585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35588 \begin_layout Standard
35591 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35592 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35593 Inline\InsetSpace ~
35600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35604 \begin_layout Standard
35605 \begin_inset Graphics
35606 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
35608 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35609 rotateOrigin center
35618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35621 \begin_layout Standard
35624 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35631 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35635 \begin_layout Standard
35636 \begin_inset Graphics
35637 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
35639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35640 rotateOrigin center
35649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35652 \begin_layout Standard
35655 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35662 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Standard
35667 \begin_inset Graphics
35668 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
35670 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35671 rotateOrigin center
35680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35683 \begin_layout Standard
35684 Toggle outline window on/off,
35686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35697 \begin_layout Standard
35698 \begin_inset Graphics
35699 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
35701 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35702 rotateOrigin center
35711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35714 \begin_layout Standard
35715 Toggle math toolbar on/off
35721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35725 \begin_layout Standard
35726 \begin_inset Graphics
35727 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
35729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35730 rotateOrigin center
35739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35742 \begin_layout Standard
35743 Toggle table toolbar on/off
35756 \begin_layout Subsection
35761 \begin_layout Standard
35770 \begin_layout Standard
35771 \begin_inset Graphics
35772 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
35781 \begin_layout Standard
35782 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35788 \begin_layout Standard
35789 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
35793 \begin_layout Standard
35794 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
35800 \begin_layout Standard
35801 \begin_inset Tabular
35802 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="23" columns="2">
35803 <features islongtable="true">
35804 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35805 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
35806 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35810 \begin_layout Standard
35811 \begin_inset Graphics
35812 filename ../images/layout.png
35814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35815 rotateOrigin center
35824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35827 \begin_layout Standard
35834 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35838 \begin_layout Standard
35839 \begin_inset Graphics
35840 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
35842 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35843 rotateOrigin center
35852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35855 \begin_layout Standard
35862 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35866 \begin_layout Standard
35867 \begin_inset Graphics
35868 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
35870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35871 rotateOrigin center
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Standard
35890 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35894 \begin_layout Standard
35895 \begin_inset Graphics
35896 filename ../images/layout_List.png
35898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35899 rotateOrigin center
35908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35911 \begin_layout Standard
35918 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35922 \begin_layout Standard
35923 \begin_inset Graphics
35924 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
35926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35927 rotateOrigin center
35936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35939 \begin_layout Standard
35946 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35950 \begin_layout Standard
35951 \begin_inset Graphics
35952 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
35954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35955 rotateOrigin center
35964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35967 \begin_layout Standard
35970 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35971 Increase\InsetSpace ~
35979 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
35980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35983 \begin_layout Standard
35984 \begin_inset Graphics
35985 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
35987 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
35988 rotateOrigin center
35997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36003 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36004 Decrease\InsetSpace ~
36012 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36016 \begin_layout Standard
36017 \begin_inset Graphics
36018 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
36020 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36032 \begin_layout Standard
36035 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36036 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36043 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36047 \begin_layout Standard
36048 \begin_inset Graphics
36049 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
36051 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36063 \begin_layout Standard
36066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36067 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36074 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36078 \begin_layout Standard
36079 \begin_inset Graphics
36080 filename ../images/label-insert.png
36082 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36091 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36094 \begin_layout Standard
36097 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36104 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36108 \begin_layout Standard
36109 \begin_inset Graphics
36110 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
36112 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36124 \begin_layout Standard
36127 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36138 \begin_layout Standard
36139 \begin_inset Graphics
36140 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
36142 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36154 \begin_layout Standard
36157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36164 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36168 \begin_layout Standard
36169 \begin_inset Graphics
36170 filename ../images/index-insert.png
36172 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36184 \begin_layout Standard
36187 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36195 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36199 \begin_layout Standard
36200 \begin_inset Graphics
36201 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
36203 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36215 \begin_layout Standard
36218 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36219 Nomenclature\InsetSpace ~
36226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36230 \begin_layout Standard
36231 \begin_inset Graphics
36232 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
36234 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36246 \begin_layout Standard
36249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36256 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 \begin_inset Graphics
36262 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
36264 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36265 rotateOrigin center
36274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36277 \begin_layout Standard
36280 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36281 Marginal\InsetSpace ~
36288 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36292 \begin_layout Standard
36293 \begin_inset Graphics
36294 filename ../images/note-insert.png
36296 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36308 \begin_layout Standard
36311 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36312 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36320 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36324 \begin_layout Standard
36325 \begin_inset Graphics
36326 filename ../images/url-insert.png
36328 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36340 \begin_layout Standard
36343 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36350 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36354 \begin_layout Standard
36355 \begin_inset Graphics
36356 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
36358 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36370 \begin_layout Standard
36373 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36380 \begin_layout Standard
36395 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36399 \begin_layout Standard
36400 \begin_inset Graphics
36401 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
36403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
36412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36418 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36419 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36427 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36431 \begin_layout Standard
36432 \begin_inset Graphics
36433 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
36435 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36436 rotateOrigin center
36445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36448 \begin_layout Standard
36451 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36459 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36463 \begin_layout Standard
36464 \begin_inset Graphics
36465 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
36467 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36468 rotateOrigin center
36477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36480 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36484 Paragraph\InsetSpace ~
36491 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36495 \begin_layout Standard
36496 \begin_inset Graphics
36497 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
36499 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36500 rotateOrigin center
36509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36512 \begin_layout Standard
36515 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36529 \begin_layout Subsection
36530 View / Update Toolbar
36534 \begin_layout Standard
36535 Toolbar ! View / Update
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 \begin_inset Graphics
36545 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
36553 \begin_layout Standard
36554 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
36565 \begin_layout Standard
36566 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36572 \begin_layout Standard
36573 \begin_inset Tabular
36574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
36575 <features islongtable="true">
36576 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36577 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
36578 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36582 \begin_layout Standard
36583 \begin_inset Graphics
36584 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
36586 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36587 rotateOrigin center
36596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36599 \begin_layout Standard
36602 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36609 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36613 \begin_layout Standard
36614 \begin_inset Graphics
36615 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
36617 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36618 rotateOrigin center
36627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36630 \begin_layout Standard
36633 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36634 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36645 \begin_layout Standard
36646 \begin_inset Graphics
36647 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
36649 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36650 rotateOrigin center
36659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36662 \begin_layout Standard
36665 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36672 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36677 \begin_inset Graphics
36678 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
36680 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36681 rotateOrigin center
36690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36693 \begin_layout Standard
36696 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36697 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36702 \begin_layout Standard
36703 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
36704 functionality is merged with
36706 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36721 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 \begin_inset Graphics
36727 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
36729 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36730 rotateOrigin center
36739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36742 \begin_layout Standard
36745 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36752 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
36753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36756 \begin_layout Standard
36757 \begin_inset Graphics
36758 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
36760 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
36761 rotateOrigin center
36770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36776 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36777 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36791 \begin_layout Subsection
36795 \begin_layout Standard
36796 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section\InsetSpace ~
36798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36800 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36804 , the table toolbar
36808 \begin_layout Standard
36814 is explained in the
36821 \begin_layout Chapter
36827 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36829 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36837 \begin_layout Standard
36846 \begin_layout Standard
36847 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
36849 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
36852 \begin_layout Section
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36858 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 Customization ! of toolbars
36878 \begin_layout Standard
36879 Customization ! of menus
36887 \begin_layout Standard
36888 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
36891 \begin_layout Standard
36896 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
36904 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36905 User Interface File
36909 \begin_layout Standard
36910 Customization ! of toolbars
36919 \begin_layout Standard
36920 Customization ! of menus
36928 \begin_layout Standard
36929 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
36930 interface (ui) file.
36931 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
36932 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
36941 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
36942 files and edit the entries.
36945 \begin_layout Standard
36946 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
36958 entries must be ended with an explicit
36983 and in the case of the
36984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36996 The syntax for the entries is:
36999 \begin_layout Standard
37000 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37028 \begin_layout Standard
37030 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37033 All LyX-functions are listed in
37034 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37043 \begin_layout Standard
37044 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
37050 \begin_layout Standard
37051 An example: Assuming you use the menu
37053 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37056 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37061 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37066 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
37069 \begin_layout Standard
37071 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
37074 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
37077 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37082 \begin_layout Standard
37091 \begin_layout Standard
37092 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
37093 Several binding files are available:
37096 \begin_layout Description
37097 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
37100 \begin_layout Description
37101 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
37112 \begin_layout Description
37113 mac.bind set of bindings for
37115 Mac\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37121 \begin_layout Standard
37122 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
37126 , and bind files for special languages.
37127 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
37129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37133 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37137 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
37141 \begin_layout Standard
37142 Some bind-files, like
37146 , have only a small scope.
37147 When looking at the the end of the file
37151 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
37154 \begin_layout Standard
37155 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
37156 s with a text editor.
37157 The syntax of the entries is:
37160 \begin_layout Standard
37166 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37178 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37184 \begin_layout Standard
37185 All LyX-functions are listed in
37186 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37195 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37199 \begin_layout Standard
37202 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37203 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37204 restore window size, or use fixed size
37206 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
37210 \begin_layout Standard
37213 Save\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37214 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37215 restore window position
37217 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
37220 \begin_layout Standard
37223 Restore cursor positions
37225 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
37229 \begin_layout Standard
37232 Load opened files from last session
37234 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
37237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37239 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37241 name "sub:Backup documents"
37249 \begin_layout Standard
37258 \begin_layout Standard
37263 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
37266 \begin_layout Standard
37271 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
37274 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37281 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37288 Cursor follows scrollbar
37290 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
37294 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37298 \begin_layout Standard
37301 Enable Pixmap Cache
37303 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
37304 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
37305 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
37306 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
37308 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac\InsetSpace ~
37313 \begin_layout Subsection
37318 \begin_layout Standard
37325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37327 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37334 \begin_layout Standard
37335 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
37338 \begin_layout Standard
37339 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37342 \begin_layout Standard
37347 This section only deals with the fonts
37352 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
37355 Layout\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37366 \begin_layout Standard
37367 By default, LyX uses
37371 as roman (serif) font,
37379 (depends on the system) as
37395 \begin_layout Standard
37396 You can change the font size with the
37403 \begin_layout Standard
37408 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
37409 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
37410 72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37411 points have the size of 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37412 inch, see Appendix\InsetSpace ~
37414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37416 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
37423 \begin_layout Standard
37428 are the same as if a document font size of 10
37429 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
37433 The sizes are explained in detail in section\InsetSpace ~
37435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37437 reference "sub:Document-Font"
37444 \begin_layout Subsection
37449 \begin_layout Standard
37459 \begin_layout Standard
37468 \begin_layout Standard
37469 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
37470 Choose an item in the list and use the
37477 \begin_layout Subsection
37482 \begin_layout Standard
37483 Settings ! Graphics
37491 \begin_layout Standard
37492 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
37495 \begin_layout Standard
37500 enables previewing snippets of your document.
37501 This feature is described in section\InsetSpace ~
37503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37505 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37512 \begin_layout Subsection
37517 \begin_layout Standard
37527 \begin_layout Standard
37528 Settings ! Keyboard Map
37534 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37536 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
37543 \begin_layout Standard
37544 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
37545 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
37546 If you have e.\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37548 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian
37549 one, you can use the keyboard map file named
37556 \begin_layout Standard
37557 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37560 \begin_layout Standard
37565 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
37573 \begin_layout Section
37578 \begin_layout Standard
37588 \begin_layout Standard
37589 Settings ! Directory
37597 \begin_layout Description
37598 Working\InsetSpace ~
37599 directory This is LyX's working directory.
37600 It is the default when you
37616 \begin_layout Description
37617 Document\InsetSpace ~
37618 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
37620 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37628 \begin_layout Description
37629 Backup\InsetSpace ~
37634 \begin_layout Standard
37640 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
37641 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section\InsetSpace ~
37643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37645 reference "sub:Backup documents"
37653 will be used to save the backups.
37655 The backup files have the ending
37656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37666 \begin_layout Description
37671 \begin_layout Standard
37678 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
37679 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
37682 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37685 \begin_layout Standard
37690 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
37698 \begin_layout Description
37699 Temporary\InsetSpace ~
37700 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
37703 \begin_layout Description
37705 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
37706 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
37707 to find it on the system.
37708 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
37709 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
37710 On Unix\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37711 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
37712 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there
37713 are external programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system
37718 \begin_layout Section
37722 \begin_layout Standard
37723 Here you can insert your name and email address.
37724 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
37725 in section\InsetSpace ~
37727 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37729 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
37733 , to mark changes you make as yours.
37736 \begin_layout Section
37741 \begin_layout Standard
37742 Language ! Settings
37751 \begin_layout Standard
37752 Settings ! Language
37760 \begin_layout Subsection
37764 \begin_layout Description
37765 Default\InsetSpace ~
37766 language is the language used in new documents
37769 \begin_layout Description
37770 Language\InsetSpace ~
37771 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles
37773 The default is the LaTeX-command
37779 that loads the package
37787 \begin_layout Standard
37788 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section\InsetSpace ~
37790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37792 reference "sec:ERT"
37807 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
37808 the document language.
37809 A text label is for instance the word
37810 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37814 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37817 at the beginning of every table-caption.
37820 \begin_layout Description
37821 Command\InsetSpace ~
37822 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain
37823 document language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
37824 An example is the start command
37830 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
37835 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37850 selectlanguage{$$lang}
37855 \begin_layout Description
37856 Command\InsetSpace ~
37862 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
37863 command toggles the package on and off.
37866 \begin_layout Description
37875 \begin_layout Description
37876 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
37877 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
37878 used by all LaTeX-packages.
37879 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
37886 \begin_layout Description
37888 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen
37890 When this option is not set, the
37892 Command\InsetSpace ~
37895 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
37896 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
37898 Command\InsetSpace ~
37904 \begin_layout Description
37912 When it is not set, the
37914 Command\InsetSpace ~
37917 is set to the end of the document.
37920 \begin_layout Description
37922 foreign\InsetSpace ~
37923 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from
37924 the document language will be underlined blue.
37927 \begin_layout Description
37931 language\InsetSpace ~
37932 support Enables the use of languages, written from right
37933 to left, like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
37936 \begin_layout Subsection
37940 \begin_layout Standard
37941 The spellchecker settings are explained in section\InsetSpace ~
37943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37945 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37952 \begin_layout Section
37956 \begin_layout Subsection
37958 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37968 \begin_layout Standard
37978 \begin_layout Standard
37987 \begin_layout Description
37988 Default\InsetSpace ~
37989 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
37990 The name will be used when the
37997 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
38000 \begin_layout Standard
38005 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
38014 \begin_layout Description
38016 output\InsetSpace ~
38018 printer This option works only for the
38023 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38035 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
38036 This is an option only for dvips experts.
38039 \begin_layout Description
38040 Printer\InsetSpace ~
38041 command is the command LyX\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38042 /\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38043 LaTeX uses for printing.
38044 The default is on most systems
38051 \begin_layout Description
38052 Printer\InsetSpace ~
38053 Command\InsetSpace ~
38054 Options Here you can specify printer options.
38055 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
38056 of the program that provides the
38063 \begin_layout Subsection
38068 \begin_layout Standard
38078 \begin_layout Standard
38079 Settings ! Date format
38087 \begin_layout Standard
38088 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
38091 \begin_inset Flex URL
38094 \begin_layout Standard
38096 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
38103 For example the format
38107 prints the date as day/month/year.
38110 \begin_layout Subsection
38114 \begin_layout Description
38115 Output\InsetSpace ~
38117 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line
38118 when using the menu
38120 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38121 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38126 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
38130 \begin_layout Description
38132 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
38137 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
38138 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
38141 \begin_layout Subsection
38146 \begin_layout Standard
38154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38156 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
38164 \begin_layout Standard
38173 \begin_layout Description
38178 \begin_layout Standard
38186 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
38191 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
38213 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
38214 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38226 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
38227 LyX sets up in the background.
38228 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
38231 \begin_layout Description
38232 Default\InsetSpace ~
38234 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
38239 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
38242 \begin_layout Description
38245 options\InsetSpace ~
38247 document\InsetSpace ~
38248 classes\InsetSpace ~
38249 changes Removes all manually set document
38250 class options in the
38252 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38255 dialog when changing the document class.
38258 \begin_layout Standard
38261 External Applications
38263 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
38264 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
38265 manuals of the applications.
38266 Currently the following commands can be set:
38269 \begin_layout Description
38274 \begin_layout Standard
38282 command Command for the program
38286 that is described in section
38297 \begin_layout Description
38302 \begin_layout Standard
38310 command Command for the program
38314 that generates the bibliography, see section\InsetSpace ~
38316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38318 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38325 \begin_layout Description
38327 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section\InsetSpace ~
38329 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38331 reference "sub:Index-Program"
38338 \begin_layout Description
38340 viewer\InsetSpace ~
38343 options They only have an effect when the program
38347 is used as DVI-viewer.
38350 \begin_layout Subsection
38355 \begin_layout Standard
38365 \begin_layout Standard
38374 \begin_layout Standard
38379 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
38382 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
38384 uses the Windows path style:
38387 \begin_layout Standard
38395 \begin_layout Standard
38396 instead of the Unix path style:
38399 \begin_layout Standard
38403 \begin_layout Section
38408 \begin_layout Standard
38417 \begin_layout Standard
38418 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
38419 from one format to another.
38420 You can modify them or create new ones.
38421 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
38435 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
38441 drop-down list, modify the
38445 field, and press the
38452 \begin_layout Standard
38455 Converter File Cache
38457 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
38460 Maximum Age (in days
38463 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
38464 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
38467 \begin_layout Standard
38468 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
38469 the converter definition, is described in section
38480 \begin_layout Section
38485 \begin_layout Standard
38492 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38494 name "sec:File-Formats"
38501 \begin_layout Standard
38502 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
38503 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
38505 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
38522 \begin_layout Standard
38523 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
38524 is described in section
38535 \begin_layout Section
38540 \begin_layout Standard
38549 \begin_layout Standard
38550 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
38551 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
38552 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
38553 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
38554 This is done by a Copier.
38557 \begin_layout Standard
38558 More about converters is described in section
38569 \begin_layout Chapter
38570 Units available in LyX
38574 \begin_layout Standard
38581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38583 name "cha:Units-available-in"
38590 \begin_layout Standard
38591 To understand the units described in this documentation,
38592 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38594 reference "cap:Units"
38598 explains all units available in LyX.
38601 \begin_layout Standard
38602 \begin_inset Float table
38608 \begin_layout Standard
38609 \begin_inset Caption
38611 \begin_layout Standard
38612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38626 \begin_layout Standard
38627 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
38633 \begin_layout Standard
38635 \begin_inset Tabular
38636 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38638 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" width="0">
38639 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" width="0">
38640 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
38641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38644 \begin_layout Standard
38650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38653 \begin_layout Standard
38660 <row topline="true">
38661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38664 \begin_layout Standard
38670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38673 \begin_layout Standard
38680 <row topline="true">
38681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38684 \begin_layout Standard
38690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38693 \begin_layout Standard
38700 <row topline="true">
38701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38704 \begin_layout Standard
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Standard
38720 <row topline="true">
38721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38724 \begin_layout Standard
38730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38733 \begin_layout Standard
38734 point (72.27\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38735 pt = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38742 <row topline="true">
38743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38746 \begin_layout Standard
38752 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38755 \begin_layout Standard
38756 pica (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38757 pc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38764 <row topline="true">
38765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38768 \begin_layout Standard
38774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38777 \begin_layout Standard
38778 scaled point (65536\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38779 sp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38786 <row topline="true">
38787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38790 \begin_layout Standard
38796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38799 \begin_layout Standard
38800 big point (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38801 bp = 1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38808 <row topline="true">
38809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38812 \begin_layout Standard
38818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38821 \begin_layout Standard
38822 didot (72\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38824 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
38827 37.6\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38834 <row topline="true">
38835 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38838 \begin_layout Standard
38844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38847 \begin_layout Standard
38848 cicero (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38849 cc = 12\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
38856 <row topline="true">
38857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38869 \begin_layout Standard
38870 % of original image width
38876 <row topline="true">
38877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38880 \begin_layout Standard
38886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38889 \begin_layout Standard
38896 <row topline="true">
38897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38900 \begin_layout Standard
38906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38909 \begin_layout Standard
38916 <row topline="true">
38917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38920 \begin_layout Standard
38926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38936 <row topline="true">
38937 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38940 \begin_layout Standard
38946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38949 \begin_layout Standard
38956 <row topline="true">
38957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38960 \begin_layout Standard
38966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38969 \begin_layout Standard
38976 <row topline="true">
38977 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
38980 \begin_layout Standard
38986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38996 <row topline="true">
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39009 \begin_layout Standard
39020 <row topline="true">
39021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39024 \begin_layout Standard
39030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39033 \begin_layout Standard
39044 <row topline="true" bottomline="true">
39045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
39048 \begin_layout Standard
39054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
39057 \begin_layout Standard
39058 math unit (1\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39059 mu = 1/18\InsetSpace \thinspace{}
39078 \begin_layout Chapter
39080 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39089 \begin_layout Standard
39090 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
39091 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
39094 \begin_layout Itemize
39097 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
39100 \begin_layout Itemize
39106 \begin_layout Itemize
39112 \begin_layout Itemize
39118 \begin_layout Itemize
39124 \begin_layout Itemize
39130 \begin_layout Itemize
39136 \begin_layout Itemize
39142 \begin_layout Itemize
39145 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
39148 \begin_layout Itemize
39154 \begin_layout Itemize
39160 \begin_layout Itemize
39166 \begin_layout Itemize
39172 \begin_layout Itemize
39178 \begin_layout Itemize
39184 \begin_layout Itemize
39190 \begin_layout Itemize
39196 \begin_layout Itemize
39198 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39207 \begin_layout Standard
39210 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
39217 \begin_layout Bibliography
39218 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39219 LatexCommand bibitem
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39233 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
39243 \begin_inset Note Note
39246 \begin_layout Standard
39253 is explained in the
39258 It creates a TOC entry.
39261 \begin_layout Standard
39262 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
39263 two different ones in one document.
39272 \begin_layout Standard
39276 href{http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS}{
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39293 \begin_inset Note Note
39296 \begin_layout Standard
39303 is explained in the
39308 It creates a hyperlink.
39316 \begin_inset Flex URL
39319 \begin_layout Standard
39321 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
39329 \begin_layout Bibliography
39330 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39331 LatexCommand bibitem
39332 key "latexcompanion"
39336 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
39338 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
39341 Addison-Wesley, 2004
39344 \begin_layout Bibliography
39345 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39346 LatexCommand bibitem
39351 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
39354 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
39357 Addison-Wesley, 2003
39360 \begin_layout Bibliography
39361 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39362 LatexCommand bibitem
39369 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
39372 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
39375 \begin_layout Bibliography
39376 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39377 LatexCommand bibitem
39389 Addison-Wesley, 1984
39392 \begin_layout Bibliography
39393 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39394 LatexCommand bibitem
39402 \begin_inset Flex URL
39405 \begin_layout Standard
39407 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
39415 \begin_layout Bibliography
39416 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39417 LatexCommand bibitem
39423 \begin_inset Flex URL
39426 \begin_layout Standard
39428 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
39436 \begin_layout Bibliography
39437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39438 LatexCommand bibitem
39447 \begin_layout Standard
39451 href{http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi}{
39460 \begin_layout Standard
39474 \begin_inset Flex URL
39477 \begin_layout Standard
39479 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
39487 \begin_layout Bibliography
39488 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39489 LatexCommand bibitem
39498 \begin_layout Standard
39502 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf}{
39511 \begin_layout Standard
39518 of the LaTeX-package
39526 \begin_layout Standard
39527 LaTeX-packages ! caption
39535 \begin_inset Flex URL
39538 \begin_layout Standard
39540 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
39548 \begin_layout Bibliography
39549 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39550 LatexCommand bibitem
39559 \begin_layout Standard
39563 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf}
39573 \begin_layout Standard
39580 of the LaTeX-package
39588 \begin_layout Standard
39589 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
39597 \begin_inset Flex URL
39600 \begin_layout Standard
39602 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
39610 \begin_layout Bibliography
39611 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39612 LatexCommand bibitem
39621 \begin_layout Standard
39625 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf}
39635 \begin_layout Standard
39642 of the LaTeX-package
39650 \begin_layout Standard
39651 LaTeX-packages ! floatflt
39659 \begin_inset Flex URL
39662 \begin_layout Standard
39664 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/floatflt/floatflt.pdf
39672 \begin_layout Bibliography
39673 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39674 LatexCommand bibitem
39683 \begin_layout Standard
39687 href{ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf}{
39696 \begin_layout Standard
39703 of the LaTeX-package
39711 \begin_layout Standard
39712 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
39720 \begin_inset Flex URL
39723 \begin_layout Standard
39725 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
39733 \begin_layout Bibliography
39734 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39735 LatexCommand bibitem
39744 \begin_layout Standard
39748 href{http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf}{
39757 \begin_layout Standard
39764 of the LaTeX-package
39772 \begin_layout Standard
39773 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
39781 \begin_inset Flex URL
39784 \begin_layout Standard
39786 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
39794 \begin_layout Bibliography
39795 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39796 LatexCommand bibitem
39805 \begin_layout Standard
39809 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX}{
39818 \begin_layout Standard
39825 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
39828 \begin_inset Flex URL
39831 \begin_layout Standard
39833 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
39841 \begin_layout Bibliography
39842 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39843 LatexCommand bibitem
39852 \begin_layout Standard
39856 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic}{
39865 \begin_layout Standard
39872 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
39875 \begin_inset Flex URL
39878 \begin_layout Standard
39880 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
39888 \begin_layout Bibliography
39889 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39890 LatexCommand bibitem
39899 \begin_layout Standard
39903 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian}{
39912 \begin_layout Standard
39919 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
39922 \begin_inset Flex URL
39925 \begin_layout Standard
39927 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
39935 \begin_layout Bibliography
39936 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39937 LatexCommand bibitem
39946 \begin_layout Standard
39950 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi}{
39959 \begin_layout Standard
39966 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
39969 \begin_inset Flex URL
39972 \begin_layout Standard
39974 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
39982 \begin_layout Bibliography
39983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
39984 LatexCommand bibitem
39993 \begin_layout Standard
39997 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew}{
40006 \begin_layout Standard
40013 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
40016 \begin_inset Flex URL
40019 \begin_layout Standard
40021 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
40029 \begin_layout Bibliography
40030 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
40031 LatexCommand bibitem
40040 \begin_layout Standard
40044 href{http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList}{
40053 \begin_layout Standard
40060 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
40063 \begin_inset Flex URL
40066 \begin_layout Standard
40068 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
40076 \begin_layout Standard
40080 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
40081 LatexCommand bibtex
40082 options "biblio/alphadin"
40083 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
40090 \begin_layout Standard
40091 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
40094 \begin_layout Standard
40098 \begin_layout Standard
40102 addcontentsline{toc}{chapter}{
40112 \begin_inset Note Note
40115 \begin_layout Standard
40122 is explained in the
40127 It creates a TOC entry.
40130 \begin_layout Standard
40131 A manual TOC entry for the bibliography is only necessary because we use
40132 two different ones in one document.
40140 \begin_layout Standard
40143 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
40144 LatexCommand printnomenclature
40149 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
40150 LatexCommand printindex